1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 }; 191 192 /* shorthand */ 193 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 194 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 195 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 196 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 197 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 198 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 199 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 200 201 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 202 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 203 204 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 205 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 206 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 207 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 208 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 209 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 210 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 211 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 212 #endif 213 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 215 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 216 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 217 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 218 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 219 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 220 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 221 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 222 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 223 224 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 225 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 226 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 227 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 228 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 229 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 230 231 static int eval_index(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int verbose); 232 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 233 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 234 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 235 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 236 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 237 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 238 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 239 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 240 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 241 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 242 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 243 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 244 245 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 246 #include "version.h" 247 248 249 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 250 /* 251 * Compare struct fst by function name. 252 */ 253 static int 254 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 255 { 256 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 257 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 258 259 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 260 } 261 262 /* 263 * Sort the function table by function name. 264 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 265 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 266 */ 267 static void 268 sortFunctions(void) 269 { 270 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 271 272 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 273 } 274 #endif 275 276 277 /* 278 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 279 */ 280 void 281 eval_init(void) 282 { 283 int i; 284 struct vimvar *p; 285 286 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 287 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 288 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 289 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 290 func_init(); 291 292 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 293 { 294 p = &vimvars[i]; 295 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 296 { 297 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 298 getout(1); 299 } 300 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 301 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 302 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 303 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 304 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 305 else 306 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 307 308 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 309 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 310 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 311 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 312 /* add to compat scope dict */ 313 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 314 } 315 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 316 317 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 318 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 319 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 320 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 321 322 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 323 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 324 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 325 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 326 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 329 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 330 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 331 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 337 338 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 339 340 #ifdef EBCDIC 341 /* 342 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 343 */ 344 sortFunctions(); 345 #endif 346 } 347 348 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 349 void 350 eval_clear(void) 351 { 352 int i; 353 struct vimvar *p; 354 355 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 356 { 357 p = &vimvars[i]; 358 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 359 { 360 vim_free(p->vv_str); 361 p->vv_str = NULL; 362 } 363 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 364 { 365 list_unref(p->vv_list); 366 p->vv_list = NULL; 367 } 368 } 369 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 370 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 371 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 372 373 free_scriptnames(); 374 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 375 free_locales(); 376 # endif 377 378 /* global variables */ 379 vars_clear(&globvarht); 380 381 /* autoloaded script names */ 382 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 383 384 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 385 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 386 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 387 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 388 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 389 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 390 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 391 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 392 393 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 394 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 395 396 /* functions */ 397 free_all_functions(); 398 } 399 #endif 400 401 402 /* 403 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 404 * not already exist. 405 */ 406 void 407 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 408 { 409 char_u *val; 410 typval_T *tvp; 411 412 val = vim_strsave(value); 413 if (val != NULL) 414 { 415 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 416 if (tvp != NULL) 417 { 418 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 419 free_tv(tvp); 420 } 421 } 422 } 423 424 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 425 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 426 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 427 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 428 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 429 430 /* 431 * Start recording command output to a variable 432 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 433 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 434 */ 435 int 436 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 437 { 438 int save_emsg; 439 int err; 440 typval_T tv; 441 442 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 443 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 444 { 445 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 446 return FAIL; 447 } 448 449 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 450 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 451 if (redir_varname == NULL) 452 return FAIL; 453 454 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 455 if (redir_lval == NULL) 456 { 457 var_redir_stop(); 458 return FAIL; 459 } 460 461 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 462 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 463 464 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 465 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 466 FNE_CHECK_START); 467 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 468 { 469 clear_lval(redir_lval); 470 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 471 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 472 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 473 else 474 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 475 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 476 var_redir_stop(); 477 return FAIL; 478 } 479 480 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 481 * string */ 482 save_emsg = did_emsg; 483 did_emsg = FALSE; 484 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 485 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 486 if (append) 487 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 488 else 489 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 490 clear_lval(redir_lval); 491 err = did_emsg; 492 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 493 if (err) 494 { 495 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 496 var_redir_stop(); 497 return FAIL; 498 } 499 500 return OK; 501 } 502 503 /* 504 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 505 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 506 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 507 * memory to be used: 508 * :redir => foo 509 * :let foo 510 * :redir END 511 */ 512 void 513 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 514 { 515 int len; 516 517 if (redir_lval == NULL) 518 return; 519 520 if (value_len == -1) 521 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 522 else 523 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 524 525 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 526 { 527 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 528 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 529 } 530 else 531 var_redir_stop(); 532 } 533 534 /* 535 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 536 * Frees the allocated memory. 537 */ 538 void 539 var_redir_stop(void) 540 { 541 typval_T tv; 542 543 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 544 { 545 redir_lval = NULL; 546 return; 547 } 548 549 if (redir_lval != NULL) 550 { 551 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 552 if (redir_endp != NULL) 553 { 554 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 555 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 556 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 557 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 558 * have changed. */ 559 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 560 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 561 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 562 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 563 clear_lval(redir_lval); 564 } 565 566 /* free the collected output */ 567 vim_free(redir_ga.ga_data); 568 redir_ga.ga_data = NULL; 569 570 vim_free(redir_lval); 571 redir_lval = NULL; 572 } 573 vim_free(redir_varname); 574 redir_varname = NULL; 575 } 576 577 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 578 int 579 eval_charconvert( 580 char_u *enc_from, 581 char_u *enc_to, 582 char_u *fname_from, 583 char_u *fname_to) 584 { 585 int err = FALSE; 586 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 588 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 589 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 590 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 591 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 592 err = TRUE; 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 594 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 595 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 596 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 597 598 if (err) 599 return FAIL; 600 return OK; 601 } 602 # endif 603 604 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 605 int 606 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 607 { 608 int err = FALSE; 609 610 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 611 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 612 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 613 err = TRUE; 614 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 615 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 616 617 if (err) 618 { 619 mch_remove(fname); 620 return FAIL; 621 } 622 return OK; 623 } 624 # endif 625 626 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 627 void 628 eval_diff( 629 char_u *origfile, 630 char_u *newfile, 631 char_u *outfile) 632 { 633 int err = FALSE; 634 635 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 636 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 637 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 638 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 640 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 641 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 642 } 643 644 void 645 eval_patch( 646 char_u *origfile, 647 char_u *difffile, 648 char_u *outfile) 649 { 650 int err; 651 652 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 653 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 654 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 655 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 657 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 658 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 659 } 660 # endif 661 662 /* 663 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 664 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 665 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 666 */ 667 int 668 eval_to_bool( 669 char_u *arg, 670 int *error, 671 char_u **nextcmd, 672 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 673 { 674 typval_T tv; 675 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 676 677 if (skip) 678 ++emsg_skip; 679 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 680 *error = TRUE; 681 else 682 { 683 *error = FALSE; 684 if (!skip) 685 { 686 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 687 clear_tv(&tv); 688 } 689 } 690 if (skip) 691 --emsg_skip; 692 693 return (int)retval; 694 } 695 696 /* 697 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 698 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 699 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 700 */ 701 char_u * 702 eval_to_string_skip( 703 char_u *arg, 704 char_u **nextcmd, 705 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 706 { 707 typval_T tv; 708 char_u *retval; 709 710 if (skip) 711 ++emsg_skip; 712 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 713 retval = NULL; 714 else 715 { 716 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 717 clear_tv(&tv); 718 } 719 if (skip) 720 --emsg_skip; 721 722 return retval; 723 } 724 725 /* 726 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 727 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 728 */ 729 int 730 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 731 { 732 typval_T rettv; 733 734 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 735 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 736 } 737 738 /* 739 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 740 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 741 * a Float to a String. 742 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 743 */ 744 char_u * 745 eval_to_string( 746 char_u *arg, 747 char_u **nextcmd, 748 int convert) 749 { 750 typval_T tv; 751 char_u *retval; 752 garray_T ga; 753 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 754 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 755 #endif 756 757 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 758 retval = NULL; 759 else 760 { 761 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 762 { 763 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 764 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 765 { 766 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 767 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 768 ga_append(&ga, NL); 769 } 770 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 771 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 772 } 773 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 774 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 775 { 776 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 777 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 778 } 779 #endif 780 else 781 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 782 clear_tv(&tv); 783 } 784 785 return retval; 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 790 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 791 */ 792 char_u * 793 eval_to_string_safe( 794 char_u *arg, 795 char_u **nextcmd, 796 int use_sandbox) 797 { 798 char_u *retval; 799 void *save_funccalp; 800 801 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 802 if (use_sandbox) 803 ++sandbox; 804 ++textlock; 805 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 806 if (use_sandbox) 807 --sandbox; 808 --textlock; 809 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 810 return retval; 811 } 812 813 /* 814 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 815 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 816 * Returns -1 for an error. 817 */ 818 varnumber_T 819 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 820 { 821 typval_T rettv; 822 varnumber_T retval; 823 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 824 825 ++emsg_off; 826 827 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 828 retval = -1; 829 else 830 { 831 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 832 clear_tv(&rettv); 833 } 834 --emsg_off; 835 836 return retval; 837 } 838 839 /* 840 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 841 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 842 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 843 */ 844 static void 845 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 846 { 847 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 848 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 849 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 850 } 851 852 /* 853 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 854 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 855 */ 856 static void 857 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 858 { 859 hashitem_T *hi; 860 861 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 862 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 863 { 864 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 865 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 866 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 867 else 868 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 869 } 870 } 871 872 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 873 /* 874 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 875 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 876 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 877 */ 878 list_T * 879 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 880 { 881 typval_T save_val; 882 typval_T rettv; 883 list_T *list = NULL; 884 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 885 886 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 887 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 888 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 889 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 890 if (p_verbose == 0) 891 ++emsg_off; 892 893 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 894 { 895 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 896 clear_tv(&rettv); 897 else 898 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 899 } 900 901 if (p_verbose == 0) 902 --emsg_off; 903 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 904 905 return list; 906 } 907 908 /* 909 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 910 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 911 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 912 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 913 */ 914 int 915 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 916 { 917 listitem_T *li; 918 919 li = list->lv_first; 920 if (li == NULL) 921 return -1; 922 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 923 924 li = li->li_next; 925 if (li == NULL) 926 return -1; 927 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 928 } 929 #endif 930 931 /* 932 * Top level evaluation function. 933 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 934 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 935 */ 936 typval_T * 937 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 938 { 939 typval_T *tv; 940 941 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 942 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 943 { 944 vim_free(tv); 945 tv = NULL; 946 } 947 948 return tv; 949 } 950 951 952 /* 953 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 954 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. Only Number and String 955 * arguments are currently supported. 956 * Returns OK or FAIL. 957 */ 958 int 959 call_vim_function( 960 char_u *func, 961 int argc, 962 char_u **argv, 963 int safe, /* use the sandbox */ 964 int str_arg_only, /* all arguments are strings */ 965 typval_T *rettv) 966 { 967 typval_T *argvars; 968 varnumber_T n; 969 int len; 970 int i; 971 int doesrange; 972 void *save_funccalp = NULL; 973 int ret; 974 975 argvars = (typval_T *)alloc((unsigned)((argc + 1) * sizeof(typval_T))); 976 if (argvars == NULL) 977 return FAIL; 978 979 for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) 980 { 981 /* Pass a NULL or empty argument as an empty string */ 982 if (argv[i] == NULL || *argv[i] == NUL) 983 { 984 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 985 argvars[i].vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 986 continue; 987 } 988 989 if (str_arg_only) 990 len = 0; 991 else 992 /* Recognize a number argument, the others must be strings. */ 993 vim_str2nr(argv[i], NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 994 if (len != 0 && len == (int)STRLEN(argv[i])) 995 { 996 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 997 argvars[i].vval.v_number = n; 998 } 999 else 1000 { 1001 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 1002 argvars[i].vval.v_string = argv[i]; 1003 } 1004 } 1005 1006 if (safe) 1007 { 1008 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 1009 ++sandbox; 1010 } 1011 1012 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1013 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argvars, NULL, 1014 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1015 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1016 if (safe) 1017 { 1018 --sandbox; 1019 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 1020 } 1021 vim_free(argvars); 1022 1023 if (ret == FAIL) 1024 clear_tv(rettv); 1025 1026 return ret; 1027 } 1028 1029 /* 1030 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1031 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1032 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1033 */ 1034 varnumber_T 1035 call_func_retnr( 1036 char_u *func, 1037 int argc, 1038 char_u **argv, 1039 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1040 { 1041 typval_T rettv; 1042 varnumber_T retval; 1043 1044 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1045 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1046 return -1; 1047 1048 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1049 clear_tv(&rettv); 1050 return retval; 1051 } 1052 1053 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1054 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1055 1056 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1057 /* 1058 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1059 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1060 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1061 */ 1062 void * 1063 call_func_retstr( 1064 char_u *func, 1065 int argc, 1066 char_u **argv, 1067 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1068 { 1069 typval_T rettv; 1070 char_u *retval; 1071 1072 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1073 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1074 return NULL; 1075 1076 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1077 clear_tv(&rettv); 1078 return retval; 1079 } 1080 # endif 1081 1082 /* 1083 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1084 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1085 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1086 */ 1087 void * 1088 call_func_retlist( 1089 char_u *func, 1090 int argc, 1091 char_u **argv, 1092 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1093 { 1094 typval_T rettv; 1095 1096 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1097 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1098 return NULL; 1099 1100 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1101 { 1102 clear_tv(&rettv); 1103 return NULL; 1104 } 1105 1106 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1107 } 1108 #endif 1109 1110 1111 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1112 /* 1113 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1114 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1115 */ 1116 int 1117 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1118 { 1119 typval_T tv; 1120 varnumber_T retval; 1121 char_u *s; 1122 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1123 OPT_LOCAL); 1124 1125 ++emsg_off; 1126 if (use_sandbox) 1127 ++sandbox; 1128 ++textlock; 1129 *cp = NUL; 1130 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1131 retval = 0; 1132 else 1133 { 1134 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1135 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1136 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1137 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1138 retval = 0; 1139 else 1140 { 1141 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1142 * the number. */ 1143 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1144 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1145 *cp = *s++; 1146 retval = atol((char *)s); 1147 } 1148 clear_tv(&tv); 1149 } 1150 --emsg_off; 1151 if (use_sandbox) 1152 --sandbox; 1153 --textlock; 1154 1155 return (int)retval; 1156 } 1157 #endif 1158 1159 /* 1160 * ":let" list all variable values 1161 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1162 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1163 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1164 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1165 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1166 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1167 */ 1168 void 1169 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1170 { 1171 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1172 char_u *expr = NULL; 1173 typval_T rettv; 1174 int i; 1175 int var_count = 0; 1176 int semicolon = 0; 1177 char_u op[2]; 1178 char_u *argend; 1179 int first = TRUE; 1180 1181 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1182 if (argend == NULL) 1183 return; 1184 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1185 --argend; 1186 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1187 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1188 && expr[1] == '=')) 1189 { 1190 /* 1191 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1192 */ 1193 if (*arg == '[') 1194 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1195 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1196 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1197 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1198 else if (!eap->skip) 1199 { 1200 /* ":let" */ 1201 list_glob_vars(&first); 1202 list_buf_vars(&first); 1203 list_win_vars(&first); 1204 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1205 list_tab_vars(&first); 1206 #endif 1207 list_script_vars(&first); 1208 list_func_vars(&first); 1209 list_vim_vars(&first); 1210 } 1211 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1212 } 1213 else 1214 { 1215 op[0] = '='; 1216 op[1] = NUL; 1217 if (*expr != '=') 1218 { 1219 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1220 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1221 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1222 } 1223 else 1224 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1225 1226 if (eap->skip) 1227 ++emsg_skip; 1228 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1229 if (eap->skip) 1230 { 1231 if (i != FAIL) 1232 clear_tv(&rettv); 1233 --emsg_skip; 1234 } 1235 else if (i != FAIL) 1236 { 1237 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1238 op); 1239 clear_tv(&rettv); 1240 } 1241 } 1242 } 1243 1244 /* 1245 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1246 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1247 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1248 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1249 * or concatenate. 1250 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1251 */ 1252 static int 1253 ex_let_vars( 1254 char_u *arg_start, 1255 typval_T *tv, 1256 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1257 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1258 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1259 char_u *nextchars) 1260 { 1261 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1262 list_T *l; 1263 int i; 1264 listitem_T *item; 1265 typval_T ltv; 1266 1267 if (*arg != '[') 1268 { 1269 /* 1270 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1271 */ 1272 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1273 return FAIL; 1274 return OK; 1275 } 1276 1277 /* 1278 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1279 */ 1280 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1281 { 1282 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1283 return FAIL; 1284 } 1285 1286 i = list_len(l); 1287 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1288 { 1289 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1290 return FAIL; 1291 } 1292 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1293 { 1294 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1295 return FAIL; 1296 } 1297 1298 item = l->lv_first; 1299 while (*arg != ']') 1300 { 1301 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1302 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1303 item = item->li_next; 1304 if (arg == NULL) 1305 return FAIL; 1306 1307 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1308 if (*arg == ';') 1309 { 1310 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1311 * Create a new list for this. */ 1312 l = list_alloc(); 1313 if (l == NULL) 1314 return FAIL; 1315 while (item != NULL) 1316 { 1317 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1318 item = item->li_next; 1319 } 1320 1321 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1322 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1323 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1324 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1325 1326 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1327 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1328 clear_tv(<v); 1329 if (arg == NULL) 1330 return FAIL; 1331 break; 1332 } 1333 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1334 { 1335 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1336 return FAIL; 1337 } 1338 } 1339 1340 return OK; 1341 } 1342 1343 /* 1344 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1345 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1346 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1347 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1348 * Return NULL for an error. 1349 */ 1350 static char_u * 1351 skip_var_list( 1352 char_u *arg, 1353 int *var_count, 1354 int *semicolon) 1355 { 1356 char_u *p, *s; 1357 1358 if (*arg == '[') 1359 { 1360 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1361 p = arg; 1362 for (;;) 1363 { 1364 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1365 s = skip_var_one(p); 1366 if (s == p) 1367 { 1368 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1369 return NULL; 1370 } 1371 ++*var_count; 1372 1373 p = skipwhite(s); 1374 if (*p == ']') 1375 break; 1376 else if (*p == ';') 1377 { 1378 if (*semicolon == 1) 1379 { 1380 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1381 return NULL; 1382 } 1383 *semicolon = 1; 1384 } 1385 else if (*p != ',') 1386 { 1387 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1388 return NULL; 1389 } 1390 } 1391 return p + 1; 1392 } 1393 else 1394 return skip_var_one(arg); 1395 } 1396 1397 /* 1398 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1399 * l[idx]. 1400 */ 1401 static char_u * 1402 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1403 { 1404 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1405 return arg + 2; 1406 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1407 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1408 } 1409 1410 /* 1411 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1412 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1413 */ 1414 void 1415 list_hashtable_vars( 1416 hashtab_T *ht, 1417 char_u *prefix, 1418 int empty, 1419 int *first) 1420 { 1421 hashitem_T *hi; 1422 dictitem_T *di; 1423 int todo; 1424 1425 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1426 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1427 { 1428 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1429 { 1430 --todo; 1431 di = HI2DI(hi); 1432 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1433 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1434 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1435 } 1436 } 1437 } 1438 1439 /* 1440 * List global variables. 1441 */ 1442 static void 1443 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1444 { 1445 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1446 } 1447 1448 /* 1449 * List buffer variables. 1450 */ 1451 static void 1452 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1453 { 1454 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1455 TRUE, first); 1456 } 1457 1458 /* 1459 * List window variables. 1460 */ 1461 static void 1462 list_win_vars(int *first) 1463 { 1464 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1465 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1466 } 1467 1468 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1469 /* 1470 * List tab page variables. 1471 */ 1472 static void 1473 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1474 { 1475 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1476 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1477 } 1478 #endif 1479 1480 /* 1481 * List Vim variables. 1482 */ 1483 static void 1484 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1485 { 1486 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1487 } 1488 1489 /* 1490 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1491 */ 1492 static void 1493 list_script_vars(int *first) 1494 { 1495 if (current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1496 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID), 1497 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1498 } 1499 1500 /* 1501 * List variables in "arg". 1502 */ 1503 static char_u * 1504 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1505 { 1506 int error = FALSE; 1507 int len; 1508 char_u *name; 1509 char_u *name_start; 1510 char_u *arg_subsc; 1511 char_u *tofree; 1512 typval_T tv; 1513 1514 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1515 { 1516 if (error || eap->skip) 1517 { 1518 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1519 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1520 { 1521 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1522 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1523 break; 1524 } 1525 } 1526 else 1527 { 1528 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1529 name_start = name = arg; 1530 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1531 if (len <= 0) 1532 { 1533 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1534 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1535 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1536 { 1537 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1538 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1539 break; 1540 } 1541 error = TRUE; 1542 } 1543 else 1544 { 1545 if (tofree != NULL) 1546 name = tofree; 1547 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1548 error = TRUE; 1549 else 1550 { 1551 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1552 arg_subsc = arg; 1553 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1554 error = TRUE; 1555 else 1556 { 1557 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1558 { 1559 switch (*name) 1560 { 1561 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1562 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1563 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1564 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1565 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1566 #endif 1567 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1568 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1569 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1570 default: 1571 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1572 } 1573 } 1574 else 1575 { 1576 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1577 char_u *tf; 1578 int c; 1579 char_u *s; 1580 1581 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1582 c = *arg; 1583 *arg = NUL; 1584 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1585 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1586 tv.v_type, 1587 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1588 first); 1589 *arg = c; 1590 vim_free(tf); 1591 } 1592 clear_tv(&tv); 1593 } 1594 } 1595 } 1596 1597 vim_free(tofree); 1598 } 1599 1600 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1601 } 1602 1603 return arg; 1604 } 1605 1606 /* 1607 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1608 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1609 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1610 */ 1611 static char_u * 1612 ex_let_one( 1613 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1614 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1615 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1616 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1617 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1618 { 1619 int c1; 1620 char_u *name; 1621 char_u *p; 1622 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1623 int len; 1624 int opt_flags; 1625 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1626 1627 /* 1628 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1629 */ 1630 if (*arg == '$') 1631 { 1632 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1633 ++arg; 1634 name = arg; 1635 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1636 if (len == 0) 1637 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1638 else 1639 { 1640 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1641 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1642 else if (endchars != NULL 1643 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1644 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1645 else if (!check_secure()) 1646 { 1647 c1 = name[len]; 1648 name[len] = NUL; 1649 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1650 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1651 { 1652 int mustfree = FALSE; 1653 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1654 1655 if (s != NULL) 1656 { 1657 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1658 if (mustfree) 1659 vim_free(s); 1660 } 1661 } 1662 if (p != NULL) 1663 { 1664 vim_setenv(name, p); 1665 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1666 init_homedir(); 1667 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1668 didset_vim = FALSE; 1669 else if (didset_vimruntime 1670 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1671 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1672 arg_end = arg; 1673 } 1674 name[len] = c1; 1675 vim_free(tofree); 1676 } 1677 } 1678 } 1679 1680 /* 1681 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1682 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1683 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1684 */ 1685 else if (*arg == '&') 1686 { 1687 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1688 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1689 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1690 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1691 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1692 else 1693 { 1694 long n; 1695 int opt_type; 1696 long numval; 1697 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1698 char_u *s; 1699 1700 c1 = *p; 1701 *p = NUL; 1702 1703 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1704 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1705 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1706 { 1707 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1708 &stringval, opt_flags); 1709 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1710 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1711 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1712 else 1713 { 1714 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1715 { 1716 if (*op == '+') 1717 n = numval + n; 1718 else 1719 n = numval - n; 1720 } 1721 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1722 { 1723 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1724 vim_free(stringval); 1725 stringval = s; 1726 } 1727 } 1728 } 1729 if (s != NULL) 1730 { 1731 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1732 arg_end = p; 1733 } 1734 *p = c1; 1735 vim_free(stringval); 1736 } 1737 } 1738 1739 /* 1740 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1741 */ 1742 else if (*arg == '@') 1743 { 1744 ++arg; 1745 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1746 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1747 else if (endchars != NULL 1748 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1749 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1750 else 1751 { 1752 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1753 char_u *s; 1754 1755 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1756 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1757 { 1758 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1759 if (s != NULL) 1760 { 1761 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1762 vim_free(s); 1763 } 1764 } 1765 if (p != NULL) 1766 { 1767 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1768 arg_end = arg + 1; 1769 } 1770 vim_free(ptofree); 1771 } 1772 } 1773 1774 /* 1775 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1776 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1777 */ 1778 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1779 { 1780 lval_T lv; 1781 1782 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1783 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1784 { 1785 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1786 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1787 else 1788 { 1789 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1790 arg_end = p; 1791 } 1792 } 1793 clear_lval(&lv); 1794 } 1795 1796 else 1797 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1798 1799 return arg_end; 1800 } 1801 1802 /* 1803 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1804 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1805 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1806 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1807 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1808 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1809 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1810 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1811 * 1812 * flags: 1813 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1814 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1815 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1816 * 1817 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1818 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1819 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1820 */ 1821 char_u * 1822 get_lval( 1823 char_u *name, 1824 typval_T *rettv, 1825 lval_T *lp, 1826 int unlet, 1827 int skip, 1828 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1829 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1830 { 1831 char_u *p; 1832 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1833 int cc; 1834 dictitem_T *v; 1835 typval_T var1; 1836 typval_T var2; 1837 int empty1 = FALSE; 1838 listitem_T *ni; 1839 char_u *key = NULL; 1840 int len; 1841 hashtab_T *ht; 1842 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1843 1844 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1845 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1846 1847 if (skip) 1848 { 1849 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1850 lp->ll_name = name; 1851 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1852 } 1853 1854 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1855 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1856 if (expr_start != NULL) 1857 { 1858 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1859 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1860 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1861 { 1862 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1863 return NULL; 1864 } 1865 1866 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1867 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1868 { 1869 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1870 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1871 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1872 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1873 { 1874 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1875 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1876 return NULL; 1877 } 1878 } 1879 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1880 } 1881 else 1882 lp->ll_name = name; 1883 1884 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1885 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1886 return p; 1887 1888 cc = *p; 1889 *p = NUL; 1890 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, &ht, flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1891 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1892 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1893 *p = cc; 1894 if (v == NULL) 1895 return NULL; 1896 1897 /* 1898 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1899 */ 1900 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1901 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1902 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1903 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1904 { 1905 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1906 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1907 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1908 { 1909 if (!quiet) 1910 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1911 return NULL; 1912 } 1913 if (lp->ll_range) 1914 { 1915 if (!quiet) 1916 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1917 return NULL; 1918 } 1919 1920 len = -1; 1921 if (*p == '.') 1922 { 1923 key = p + 1; 1924 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1925 ; 1926 if (len == 0) 1927 { 1928 if (!quiet) 1929 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1930 return NULL; 1931 } 1932 p = key + len; 1933 } 1934 else 1935 { 1936 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 1937 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1938 if (*p == ':') 1939 empty1 = TRUE; 1940 else 1941 { 1942 empty1 = FALSE; 1943 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1944 return NULL; 1945 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 1946 { 1947 /* not a number or string */ 1948 clear_tv(&var1); 1949 return NULL; 1950 } 1951 } 1952 1953 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 1954 if (*p == ':') 1955 { 1956 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 1957 { 1958 if (!quiet) 1959 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 1960 clear_tv(&var1); 1961 return NULL; 1962 } 1963 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 1964 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 1965 { 1966 if (!quiet) 1967 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 1968 clear_tv(&var1); 1969 return NULL; 1970 } 1971 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1972 if (*p == ']') 1973 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 1974 else 1975 { 1976 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 1977 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1978 { 1979 clear_tv(&var1); 1980 return NULL; 1981 } 1982 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 1983 { 1984 /* not a number or string */ 1985 clear_tv(&var1); 1986 clear_tv(&var2); 1987 return NULL; 1988 } 1989 } 1990 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 1991 } 1992 else 1993 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 1994 1995 if (*p != ']') 1996 { 1997 if (!quiet) 1998 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 1999 clear_tv(&var1); 2000 clear_tv(&var2); 2001 return NULL; 2002 } 2003 2004 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2005 ++p; 2006 } 2007 2008 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2009 { 2010 if (len == -1) 2011 { 2012 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2013 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2014 if (key == NULL) 2015 { 2016 clear_tv(&var1); 2017 return NULL; 2018 } 2019 } 2020 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2021 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2022 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2023 2024 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2025 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2026 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2027 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2028 { 2029 int prevval; 2030 int wrong; 2031 2032 if (len != -1) 2033 { 2034 prevval = key[len]; 2035 key[len] = NUL; 2036 } 2037 else 2038 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2039 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2040 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2041 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2042 || !valid_varname(key); 2043 if (len != -1) 2044 key[len] = prevval; 2045 if (wrong) 2046 return NULL; 2047 } 2048 2049 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2050 { 2051 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2052 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2053 { 2054 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2055 return NULL; 2056 } 2057 2058 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2059 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2060 { 2061 if (!quiet) 2062 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2063 clear_tv(&var1); 2064 return NULL; 2065 } 2066 if (len == -1) 2067 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2068 else 2069 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2070 clear_tv(&var1); 2071 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2072 p = NULL; 2073 break; 2074 } 2075 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2076 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2077 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2078 { 2079 clear_tv(&var1); 2080 return NULL; 2081 } 2082 2083 clear_tv(&var1); 2084 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2085 } 2086 else 2087 { 2088 /* 2089 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2090 */ 2091 if (empty1) 2092 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2093 else 2094 /* is number or string */ 2095 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2096 clear_tv(&var1); 2097 2098 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2099 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2100 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2101 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2102 { 2103 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2104 { 2105 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2106 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2107 } 2108 } 2109 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2110 { 2111 clear_tv(&var2); 2112 if (!quiet) 2113 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2114 return NULL; 2115 } 2116 2117 /* 2118 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2119 * index of a range. 2120 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2121 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2122 */ 2123 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2124 { 2125 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2126 /* is number or string */ 2127 clear_tv(&var2); 2128 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2129 { 2130 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2131 if (ni == NULL) 2132 { 2133 if (!quiet) 2134 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2135 return NULL; 2136 } 2137 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2138 } 2139 2140 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2141 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2142 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2143 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2144 { 2145 if (!quiet) 2146 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2147 return NULL; 2148 } 2149 } 2150 2151 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2152 } 2153 } 2154 2155 clear_tv(&var1); 2156 return p; 2157 } 2158 2159 /* 2160 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2161 */ 2162 void 2163 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2164 { 2165 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2166 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2167 } 2168 2169 /* 2170 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2171 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2172 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2173 */ 2174 static void 2175 set_var_lval( 2176 lval_T *lp, 2177 char_u *endp, 2178 typval_T *rettv, 2179 int copy, 2180 char_u *op) 2181 { 2182 int cc; 2183 listitem_T *ri; 2184 dictitem_T *di; 2185 2186 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2187 { 2188 cc = *endp; 2189 *endp = NUL; 2190 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2191 { 2192 typval_T tv; 2193 2194 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2195 di = NULL; 2196 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2197 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2198 { 2199 if ((di == NULL 2200 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2201 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2202 FALSE))) 2203 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2204 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2205 clear_tv(&tv); 2206 } 2207 } 2208 else 2209 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2210 *endp = cc; 2211 } 2212 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2213 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2214 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2215 ; 2216 else if (lp->ll_range) 2217 { 2218 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2219 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2220 2221 /* 2222 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2223 */ 2224 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2225 { 2226 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2227 return; 2228 ri = ri->li_next; 2229 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2230 break; 2231 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2232 ++ll_n1; 2233 } 2234 2235 /* 2236 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2237 */ 2238 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2239 { 2240 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2241 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2242 else 2243 { 2244 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2245 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2246 } 2247 ri = ri->li_next; 2248 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2249 break; 2250 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2251 { 2252 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2253 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2254 { 2255 ri = NULL; 2256 break; 2257 } 2258 } 2259 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2260 ++lp->ll_n1; 2261 } 2262 if (ri != NULL) 2263 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2264 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2265 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2266 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2267 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2268 } 2269 else 2270 { 2271 /* 2272 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2273 */ 2274 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2275 { 2276 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2277 { 2278 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2279 return; 2280 } 2281 2282 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2283 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2284 if (di == NULL) 2285 return; 2286 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2287 { 2288 vim_free(di); 2289 return; 2290 } 2291 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2292 } 2293 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2294 { 2295 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2296 return; 2297 } 2298 else 2299 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2300 2301 /* 2302 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2303 */ 2304 if (copy) 2305 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2306 else 2307 { 2308 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2309 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2310 init_tv(rettv); 2311 } 2312 } 2313 } 2314 2315 /* 2316 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2317 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2318 */ 2319 static int 2320 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2321 { 2322 varnumber_T n; 2323 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2324 char_u *s; 2325 2326 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2327 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2328 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2329 { 2330 switch (tv1->v_type) 2331 { 2332 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2333 case VAR_DICT: 2334 case VAR_FUNC: 2335 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2336 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2337 case VAR_JOB: 2338 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2339 break; 2340 2341 case VAR_LIST: 2342 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2343 break; 2344 /* List += List */ 2345 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2346 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2347 return OK; 2348 2349 case VAR_NUMBER: 2350 case VAR_STRING: 2351 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2352 break; 2353 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2354 { 2355 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2356 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2357 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2358 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2359 { 2360 float_T f = n; 2361 2362 if (*op == '+') 2363 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2364 else 2365 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2366 clear_tv(tv1); 2367 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2368 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2369 } 2370 else 2371 #endif 2372 { 2373 if (*op == '+') 2374 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2375 else 2376 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2377 clear_tv(tv1); 2378 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2379 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2380 } 2381 } 2382 else 2383 { 2384 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2385 break; 2386 2387 /* str .= str */ 2388 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2389 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2390 clear_tv(tv1); 2391 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2392 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2393 } 2394 return OK; 2395 2396 case VAR_FLOAT: 2397 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2398 { 2399 float_T f; 2400 2401 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2402 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2403 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2404 break; 2405 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2406 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2407 else 2408 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2409 if (*op == '+') 2410 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2411 else 2412 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2413 } 2414 #endif 2415 return OK; 2416 } 2417 } 2418 2419 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2420 return FAIL; 2421 } 2422 2423 /* 2424 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2425 * "arg" points to "var". 2426 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2427 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2428 */ 2429 void * 2430 eval_for_line( 2431 char_u *arg, 2432 int *errp, 2433 char_u **nextcmdp, 2434 int skip) 2435 { 2436 forinfo_T *fi; 2437 char_u *expr; 2438 typval_T tv; 2439 list_T *l; 2440 2441 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2442 2443 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2444 if (fi == NULL) 2445 return NULL; 2446 2447 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2448 if (expr == NULL) 2449 return fi; 2450 2451 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2452 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2453 { 2454 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2455 return fi; 2456 } 2457 2458 if (skip) 2459 ++emsg_skip; 2460 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2461 { 2462 *errp = FALSE; 2463 if (!skip) 2464 { 2465 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2466 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2467 { 2468 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2469 clear_tv(&tv); 2470 } 2471 else if (l == NULL) 2472 { 2473 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2474 clear_tv(&tv); 2475 } 2476 else 2477 { 2478 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2479 * list being used in "tv". */ 2480 fi->fi_list = l; 2481 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2482 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2483 } 2484 } 2485 } 2486 if (skip) 2487 --emsg_skip; 2488 2489 return fi; 2490 } 2491 2492 /* 2493 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2494 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2495 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2496 * something wrong. 2497 */ 2498 int 2499 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2500 { 2501 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2502 int result; 2503 listitem_T *item; 2504 2505 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2506 if (item == NULL) 2507 result = FALSE; 2508 else 2509 { 2510 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2511 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2512 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2513 } 2514 return result; 2515 } 2516 2517 /* 2518 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2519 */ 2520 void 2521 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2522 { 2523 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2524 2525 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2526 { 2527 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2528 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2529 } 2530 vim_free(fi); 2531 } 2532 2533 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2534 2535 void 2536 set_context_for_expression( 2537 expand_T *xp, 2538 char_u *arg, 2539 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2540 { 2541 int got_eq = FALSE; 2542 int c; 2543 char_u *p; 2544 2545 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2546 { 2547 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2548 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2549 { 2550 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2551 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2552 { 2553 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2554 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2555 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2556 break; 2557 } 2558 return; 2559 } 2560 } 2561 else 2562 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2563 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2564 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2565 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2566 { 2567 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2568 if (c == '&') 2569 { 2570 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2571 if (c == '&') 2572 { 2573 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2574 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2575 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2576 } 2577 else if (c != ' ') 2578 { 2579 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2580 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2581 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2582 2583 } 2584 } 2585 else if (c == '$') 2586 { 2587 /* environment variable */ 2588 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2589 } 2590 else if (c == '=') 2591 { 2592 got_eq = TRUE; 2593 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2594 } 2595 else if (c == '#' 2596 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2597 { 2598 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2599 break; 2600 } 2601 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2602 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2603 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2604 { 2605 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2606 break; 2607 } 2608 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2609 { 2610 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2611 { 2612 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2613 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2614 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2615 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2616 } 2617 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2618 { 2619 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2620 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2621 /* skip */ ; 2622 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2623 } 2624 else if (c == '|') 2625 { 2626 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2627 { 2628 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2629 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2630 } 2631 else 2632 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2633 } 2634 else 2635 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2636 } 2637 else 2638 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2639 * anyway. */ 2640 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2641 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2642 if (*arg != NUL) 2643 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2644 /* skip */ ; 2645 } 2646 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2647 } 2648 2649 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2650 2651 /* 2652 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2653 */ 2654 void 2655 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2656 { 2657 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2658 } 2659 2660 /* 2661 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2662 */ 2663 void 2664 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2665 { 2666 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2667 int deep = 2; 2668 2669 if (eap->forceit) 2670 deep = -1; 2671 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2672 { 2673 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2674 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2675 } 2676 2677 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2678 } 2679 2680 /* 2681 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2682 */ 2683 static void 2684 ex_unletlock( 2685 exarg_T *eap, 2686 char_u *argstart, 2687 int deep) 2688 { 2689 char_u *arg = argstart; 2690 char_u *name_end; 2691 int error = FALSE; 2692 lval_T lv; 2693 2694 do 2695 { 2696 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2697 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2698 FNE_CHECK_START); 2699 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2700 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2701 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2702 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2703 { 2704 if (name_end != NULL) 2705 { 2706 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2707 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2708 } 2709 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2710 clear_lval(&lv); 2711 break; 2712 } 2713 2714 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2715 { 2716 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2717 { 2718 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2719 error = TRUE; 2720 } 2721 else 2722 { 2723 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2724 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2725 error = TRUE; 2726 } 2727 } 2728 2729 if (!eap->skip) 2730 clear_lval(&lv); 2731 2732 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2733 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2734 2735 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2736 } 2737 2738 static int 2739 do_unlet_var( 2740 lval_T *lp, 2741 char_u *name_end, 2742 int forceit) 2743 { 2744 int ret = OK; 2745 int cc; 2746 2747 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2748 { 2749 cc = *name_end; 2750 *name_end = NUL; 2751 2752 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2753 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2754 ret = FAIL; 2755 *name_end = cc; 2756 } 2757 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2758 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2759 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2760 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2761 return FAIL; 2762 else if (lp->ll_range) 2763 { 2764 listitem_T *li; 2765 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2766 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2767 2768 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2769 { 2770 li = ll_li->li_next; 2771 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2772 return FAIL; 2773 ll_li = li; 2774 ++ll_n1; 2775 } 2776 2777 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2778 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2779 { 2780 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2781 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2782 lp->ll_li = li; 2783 ++lp->ll_n1; 2784 } 2785 } 2786 else 2787 { 2788 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2789 /* unlet a List item. */ 2790 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2791 else 2792 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2793 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2794 } 2795 2796 return ret; 2797 } 2798 2799 /* 2800 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2801 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2802 */ 2803 int 2804 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2805 { 2806 hashtab_T *ht; 2807 hashitem_T *hi; 2808 char_u *varname; 2809 dict_T *d; 2810 dictitem_T *di; 2811 2812 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2813 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2814 { 2815 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2816 if (d == NULL) 2817 { 2818 if (ht == &globvarht) 2819 d = &globvardict; 2820 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2821 d = &vimvardict; 2822 else 2823 { 2824 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2825 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2826 } 2827 if (d == NULL) 2828 { 2829 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2830 return FAIL; 2831 } 2832 } 2833 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2834 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2835 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2836 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2837 { 2838 di = HI2DI(hi); 2839 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2840 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2841 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2842 return FAIL; 2843 2844 delete_var(ht, hi); 2845 return OK; 2846 } 2847 } 2848 if (forceit) 2849 return OK; 2850 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2851 return FAIL; 2852 } 2853 2854 /* 2855 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2856 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2857 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2858 */ 2859 static int 2860 do_lock_var( 2861 lval_T *lp, 2862 char_u *name_end, 2863 int deep, 2864 int lock) 2865 { 2866 int ret = OK; 2867 int cc; 2868 dictitem_T *di; 2869 2870 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2871 return OK; 2872 2873 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2874 { 2875 cc = *name_end; 2876 *name_end = NUL; 2877 2878 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2879 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2880 if (di == NULL) 2881 ret = FAIL; 2882 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2883 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2884 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2885 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2886 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2887 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2888 else 2889 { 2890 if (lock) 2891 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2892 else 2893 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2894 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2895 } 2896 *name_end = cc; 2897 } 2898 else if (lp->ll_range) 2899 { 2900 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2901 2902 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2903 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2904 { 2905 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2906 li = li->li_next; 2907 ++lp->ll_n1; 2908 } 2909 } 2910 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2911 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2912 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2913 else 2914 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2915 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2916 2917 return ret; 2918 } 2919 2920 /* 2921 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2922 */ 2923 static void 2924 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2925 { 2926 static int recurse = 0; 2927 list_T *l; 2928 listitem_T *li; 2929 dict_T *d; 2930 hashitem_T *hi; 2931 int todo; 2932 2933 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 2934 { 2935 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 2936 return; 2937 } 2938 if (deep == 0) 2939 return; 2940 ++recurse; 2941 2942 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 2943 if (lock) 2944 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2945 else 2946 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2947 2948 switch (tv->v_type) 2949 { 2950 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2951 case VAR_NUMBER: 2952 case VAR_STRING: 2953 case VAR_FUNC: 2954 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2955 case VAR_FLOAT: 2956 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2957 case VAR_JOB: 2958 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2959 break; 2960 2961 case VAR_LIST: 2962 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 2963 { 2964 if (lock) 2965 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2966 else 2967 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2968 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 2969 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 2970 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 2971 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 2972 } 2973 break; 2974 case VAR_DICT: 2975 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 2976 { 2977 if (lock) 2978 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2979 else 2980 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2981 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 2982 { 2983 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 2984 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 2985 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 2986 { 2987 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2988 { 2989 --todo; 2990 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 2991 } 2992 } 2993 } 2994 } 2995 } 2996 --recurse; 2997 } 2998 2999 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3000 /* 3001 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3002 */ 3003 void 3004 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3005 { 3006 hashitem_T *hi; 3007 int todo; 3008 3009 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3010 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3011 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3012 { 3013 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3014 { 3015 --todo; 3016 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3017 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3018 } 3019 } 3020 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3021 } 3022 #endif 3023 3024 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3025 3026 /* 3027 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3028 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3029 * get_user_var_name(). 3030 */ 3031 3032 static char_u *cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name); 3033 3034 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3035 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3036 3037 /* 3038 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3039 */ 3040 static char_u * 3041 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3042 { 3043 int len; 3044 3045 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3046 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3047 { 3048 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3049 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3050 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3051 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3052 { 3053 varnamebuflen = 0; 3054 return NULL; 3055 } 3056 varnamebuflen = len; 3057 } 3058 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3059 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3060 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3061 return varnamebuf; 3062 } 3063 3064 /* 3065 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3066 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3067 */ 3068 char_u * 3069 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3070 { 3071 static long_u gdone; 3072 static long_u bdone; 3073 static long_u wdone; 3074 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3075 static long_u tdone; 3076 #endif 3077 static int vidx; 3078 static hashitem_T *hi; 3079 hashtab_T *ht; 3080 3081 if (idx == 0) 3082 { 3083 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3084 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3085 tdone = 0; 3086 #endif 3087 } 3088 3089 /* Global variables */ 3090 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3091 { 3092 if (gdone++ == 0) 3093 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3094 else 3095 ++hi; 3096 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3097 ++hi; 3098 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3099 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3100 return hi->hi_key; 3101 } 3102 3103 /* b: variables */ 3104 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3105 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3106 { 3107 if (bdone++ == 0) 3108 hi = ht->ht_array; 3109 else 3110 ++hi; 3111 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3112 ++hi; 3113 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3114 } 3115 3116 /* w: variables */ 3117 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3118 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3119 { 3120 if (wdone++ == 0) 3121 hi = ht->ht_array; 3122 else 3123 ++hi; 3124 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3125 ++hi; 3126 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3127 } 3128 3129 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3130 /* t: variables */ 3131 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3132 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3133 { 3134 if (tdone++ == 0) 3135 hi = ht->ht_array; 3136 else 3137 ++hi; 3138 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3139 ++hi; 3140 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3141 } 3142 #endif 3143 3144 /* v: variables */ 3145 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3146 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3147 3148 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3149 varnamebuf = NULL; 3150 varnamebuflen = 0; 3151 return NULL; 3152 } 3153 3154 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3155 3156 /* 3157 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3158 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3159 */ 3160 static int 3161 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3162 { 3163 int matches = FALSE; 3164 char_u *save_cpo; 3165 regmatch_T regmatch; 3166 3167 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3168 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3169 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3170 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3171 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3172 { 3173 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3174 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3175 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3176 } 3177 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3178 return matches; 3179 } 3180 3181 /* 3182 * types for expressions. 3183 */ 3184 typedef enum 3185 { 3186 TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0 3187 , TYPE_EQUAL /* == */ 3188 , TYPE_NEQUAL /* != */ 3189 , TYPE_GREATER /* > */ 3190 , TYPE_GEQUAL /* >= */ 3191 , TYPE_SMALLER /* < */ 3192 , TYPE_SEQUAL /* <= */ 3193 , TYPE_MATCH /* =~ */ 3194 , TYPE_NOMATCH /* !~ */ 3195 } exptype_T; 3196 3197 /* 3198 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3199 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3200 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3201 */ 3202 3203 /* 3204 * Handle zero level expression. 3205 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3206 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3207 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3208 * Return OK or FAIL. 3209 */ 3210 int 3211 eval0( 3212 char_u *arg, 3213 typval_T *rettv, 3214 char_u **nextcmd, 3215 int evaluate) 3216 { 3217 int ret; 3218 char_u *p; 3219 3220 p = skipwhite(arg); 3221 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3222 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3223 { 3224 if (ret != FAIL) 3225 clear_tv(rettv); 3226 /* 3227 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3228 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3229 * exception. 3230 */ 3231 if (!aborting()) 3232 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3233 ret = FAIL; 3234 } 3235 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3236 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3237 3238 return ret; 3239 } 3240 3241 /* 3242 * Handle top level expression: 3243 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3244 * 3245 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3246 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3247 * 3248 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3249 * 3250 * Return OK or FAIL. 3251 */ 3252 int 3253 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3254 { 3255 int result; 3256 typval_T var2; 3257 3258 /* 3259 * Get the first variable. 3260 */ 3261 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3262 return FAIL; 3263 3264 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3265 { 3266 result = FALSE; 3267 if (evaluate) 3268 { 3269 int error = FALSE; 3270 3271 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3272 result = TRUE; 3273 clear_tv(rettv); 3274 if (error) 3275 return FAIL; 3276 } 3277 3278 /* 3279 * Get the second variable. 3280 */ 3281 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3282 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3283 return FAIL; 3284 3285 /* 3286 * Check for the ":". 3287 */ 3288 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3289 { 3290 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3291 if (evaluate && result) 3292 clear_tv(rettv); 3293 return FAIL; 3294 } 3295 3296 /* 3297 * Get the third variable. 3298 */ 3299 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3300 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3301 { 3302 if (evaluate && result) 3303 clear_tv(rettv); 3304 return FAIL; 3305 } 3306 if (evaluate && !result) 3307 *rettv = var2; 3308 } 3309 3310 return OK; 3311 } 3312 3313 /* 3314 * Handle first level expression: 3315 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3316 * 3317 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3318 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3319 * 3320 * Return OK or FAIL. 3321 */ 3322 static int 3323 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3324 { 3325 typval_T var2; 3326 long result; 3327 int first; 3328 int error = FALSE; 3329 3330 /* 3331 * Get the first variable. 3332 */ 3333 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3334 return FAIL; 3335 3336 /* 3337 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3338 */ 3339 first = TRUE; 3340 result = FALSE; 3341 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3342 { 3343 if (evaluate && first) 3344 { 3345 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3346 result = TRUE; 3347 clear_tv(rettv); 3348 if (error) 3349 return FAIL; 3350 first = FALSE; 3351 } 3352 3353 /* 3354 * Get the second variable. 3355 */ 3356 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3357 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3358 return FAIL; 3359 3360 /* 3361 * Compute the result. 3362 */ 3363 if (evaluate && !result) 3364 { 3365 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3366 result = TRUE; 3367 clear_tv(&var2); 3368 if (error) 3369 return FAIL; 3370 } 3371 if (evaluate) 3372 { 3373 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3374 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3375 } 3376 } 3377 3378 return OK; 3379 } 3380 3381 /* 3382 * Handle second level expression: 3383 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3384 * 3385 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3386 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3387 * 3388 * Return OK or FAIL. 3389 */ 3390 static int 3391 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3392 { 3393 typval_T var2; 3394 long result; 3395 int first; 3396 int error = FALSE; 3397 3398 /* 3399 * Get the first variable. 3400 */ 3401 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3402 return FAIL; 3403 3404 /* 3405 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3406 */ 3407 first = TRUE; 3408 result = TRUE; 3409 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3410 { 3411 if (evaluate && first) 3412 { 3413 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3414 result = FALSE; 3415 clear_tv(rettv); 3416 if (error) 3417 return FAIL; 3418 first = FALSE; 3419 } 3420 3421 /* 3422 * Get the second variable. 3423 */ 3424 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3425 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3426 return FAIL; 3427 3428 /* 3429 * Compute the result. 3430 */ 3431 if (evaluate && result) 3432 { 3433 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3434 result = FALSE; 3435 clear_tv(&var2); 3436 if (error) 3437 return FAIL; 3438 } 3439 if (evaluate) 3440 { 3441 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3442 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3443 } 3444 } 3445 3446 return OK; 3447 } 3448 3449 /* 3450 * Handle third level expression: 3451 * var1 == var2 3452 * var1 =~ var2 3453 * var1 != var2 3454 * var1 !~ var2 3455 * var1 > var2 3456 * var1 >= var2 3457 * var1 < var2 3458 * var1 <= var2 3459 * var1 is var2 3460 * var1 isnot var2 3461 * 3462 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3463 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3464 * 3465 * Return OK or FAIL. 3466 */ 3467 static int 3468 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3469 { 3470 typval_T var2; 3471 char_u *p; 3472 int i; 3473 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3474 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3475 int len = 2; 3476 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3477 char_u *s1, *s2; 3478 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3479 int ic; 3480 3481 /* 3482 * Get the first variable. 3483 */ 3484 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3485 return FAIL; 3486 3487 p = *arg; 3488 switch (p[0]) 3489 { 3490 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3491 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3492 else if (p[1] == '~') 3493 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3494 break; 3495 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3496 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3497 else if (p[1] == '~') 3498 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3499 break; 3500 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3501 { 3502 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3503 len = 1; 3504 } 3505 else 3506 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3507 break; 3508 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3509 { 3510 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3511 len = 1; 3512 } 3513 else 3514 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3515 break; 3516 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3517 { 3518 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3519 len = 5; 3520 i = p[len]; 3521 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3522 { 3523 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3524 type_is = TRUE; 3525 } 3526 } 3527 break; 3528 } 3529 3530 /* 3531 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3532 */ 3533 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3534 { 3535 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3536 if (p[len] == '?') 3537 { 3538 ic = TRUE; 3539 ++len; 3540 } 3541 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3542 else if (p[len] == '#') 3543 { 3544 ic = FALSE; 3545 ++len; 3546 } 3547 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3548 else 3549 ic = p_ic; 3550 3551 /* 3552 * Get the second variable. 3553 */ 3554 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3555 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3556 { 3557 clear_tv(rettv); 3558 return FAIL; 3559 } 3560 3561 if (evaluate) 3562 { 3563 if (type_is && rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3564 { 3565 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 3566 * it means TRUE. */ 3567 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 3568 } 3569 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST || var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3570 { 3571 if (type_is) 3572 { 3573 n1 = (rettv->v_type == var2.v_type 3574 && rettv->vval.v_list == var2.vval.v_list); 3575 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3576 n1 = !n1; 3577 } 3578 else if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type 3579 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 3580 { 3581 if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3582 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 3583 else 3584 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 3585 clear_tv(rettv); 3586 clear_tv(&var2); 3587 return FAIL; 3588 } 3589 else 3590 { 3591 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 3592 n1 = list_equal(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3593 ic, FALSE); 3594 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3595 n1 = !n1; 3596 } 3597 } 3598 3599 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT || var2.v_type == VAR_DICT) 3600 { 3601 if (type_is) 3602 { 3603 n1 = (rettv->v_type == var2.v_type 3604 && rettv->vval.v_dict == var2.vval.v_dict); 3605 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3606 n1 = !n1; 3607 } 3608 else if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type 3609 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 3610 { 3611 if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3612 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 3613 else 3614 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 3615 clear_tv(rettv); 3616 clear_tv(&var2); 3617 return FAIL; 3618 } 3619 else 3620 { 3621 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 3622 n1 = dict_equal(rettv->vval.v_dict, var2.vval.v_dict, 3623 ic, FALSE); 3624 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3625 n1 = !n1; 3626 } 3627 } 3628 3629 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || var2.v_type == VAR_FUNC 3630 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 3631 { 3632 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 3633 { 3634 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 3635 clear_tv(rettv); 3636 clear_tv(&var2); 3637 return FAIL; 3638 } 3639 if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3640 && rettv->vval.v_partial == NULL) 3641 || (var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3642 && var2.vval.v_partial == NULL)) 3643 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 3644 n1 = FALSE; 3645 else if (type_is) 3646 { 3647 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC && var2.v_type == VAR_FUNC) 3648 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 3649 * the same */ 3650 n1 = tv_equal(rettv, &var2, ic, FALSE); 3651 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3652 && var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 3653 n1 = (rettv->vval.v_partial == var2.vval.v_partial); 3654 else 3655 n1 = FALSE; 3656 } 3657 else 3658 n1 = tv_equal(rettv, &var2, ic, FALSE); 3659 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3660 n1 = !n1; 3661 } 3662 3663 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3664 /* 3665 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 3666 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 3667 */ 3668 else if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3669 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3670 { 3671 float_T f1, f2; 3672 3673 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3674 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3675 else 3676 f1 = get_tv_number(rettv); 3677 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3678 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3679 else 3680 f2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 3681 n1 = FALSE; 3682 switch (type) 3683 { 3684 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 3685 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 3686 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 3687 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 3688 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 3689 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 3690 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 3691 case TYPE_MATCH: 3692 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3693 } 3694 } 3695 #endif 3696 3697 /* 3698 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 3699 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 3700 */ 3701 else if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || var2.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 3702 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3703 { 3704 n1 = get_tv_number(rettv); 3705 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 3706 switch (type) 3707 { 3708 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 3709 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 3710 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 3711 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 3712 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 3713 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 3714 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 3715 case TYPE_MATCH: 3716 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3717 } 3718 } 3719 else 3720 { 3721 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); 3722 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(&var2, buf2); 3723 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3724 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 3725 else 3726 i = 0; 3727 n1 = FALSE; 3728 switch (type) 3729 { 3730 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 3731 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 3732 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 3733 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 3734 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 3735 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 3736 3737 case TYPE_MATCH: 3738 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 3739 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 3740 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 3741 n1 = !n1; 3742 break; 3743 3744 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3745 } 3746 } 3747 clear_tv(rettv); 3748 clear_tv(&var2); 3749 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3750 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3751 } 3752 } 3753 3754 return OK; 3755 } 3756 3757 /* 3758 * Handle fourth level expression: 3759 * + number addition 3760 * - number subtraction 3761 * . string concatenation 3762 * 3763 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3764 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3765 * 3766 * Return OK or FAIL. 3767 */ 3768 static int 3769 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3770 { 3771 typval_T var2; 3772 typval_T var3; 3773 int op; 3774 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3775 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3776 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3777 #endif 3778 char_u *s1, *s2; 3779 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3780 char_u *p; 3781 3782 /* 3783 * Get the first variable. 3784 */ 3785 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3786 return FAIL; 3787 3788 /* 3789 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3790 */ 3791 for (;;) 3792 { 3793 op = **arg; 3794 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3795 break; 3796 3797 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3798 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3799 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3800 #endif 3801 ) 3802 { 3803 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3804 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3805 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3806 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3807 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3808 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3809 * side effects after an error. */ 3810 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3811 { 3812 clear_tv(rettv); 3813 return FAIL; 3814 } 3815 } 3816 3817 /* 3818 * Get the second variable. 3819 */ 3820 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3821 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3822 { 3823 clear_tv(rettv); 3824 return FAIL; 3825 } 3826 3827 if (evaluate) 3828 { 3829 /* 3830 * Compute the result. 3831 */ 3832 if (op == '.') 3833 { 3834 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3835 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3836 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3837 { 3838 clear_tv(rettv); 3839 clear_tv(&var2); 3840 return FAIL; 3841 } 3842 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3843 clear_tv(rettv); 3844 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3845 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3846 } 3847 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3848 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3849 { 3850 /* concatenate Lists */ 3851 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3852 &var3) == FAIL) 3853 { 3854 clear_tv(rettv); 3855 clear_tv(&var2); 3856 return FAIL; 3857 } 3858 clear_tv(rettv); 3859 *rettv = var3; 3860 } 3861 else 3862 { 3863 int error = FALSE; 3864 3865 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3866 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3867 { 3868 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3869 n1 = 0; 3870 } 3871 else 3872 #endif 3873 { 3874 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3875 if (error) 3876 { 3877 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3878 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3879 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3880 clear_tv(rettv); 3881 return FAIL; 3882 } 3883 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3884 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3885 f1 = n1; 3886 #endif 3887 } 3888 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3889 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3890 { 3891 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3892 n2 = 0; 3893 } 3894 else 3895 #endif 3896 { 3897 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3898 if (error) 3899 { 3900 clear_tv(rettv); 3901 clear_tv(&var2); 3902 return FAIL; 3903 } 3904 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3905 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3906 f2 = n2; 3907 #endif 3908 } 3909 clear_tv(rettv); 3910 3911 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3912 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3913 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3914 { 3915 if (op == '+') 3916 f1 = f1 + f2; 3917 else 3918 f1 = f1 - f2; 3919 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3920 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3921 } 3922 else 3923 #endif 3924 { 3925 if (op == '+') 3926 n1 = n1 + n2; 3927 else 3928 n1 = n1 - n2; 3929 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3930 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3931 } 3932 } 3933 clear_tv(&var2); 3934 } 3935 } 3936 return OK; 3937 } 3938 3939 /* 3940 * Handle fifth level expression: 3941 * * number multiplication 3942 * / number division 3943 * % number modulo 3944 * 3945 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3946 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3947 * 3948 * Return OK or FAIL. 3949 */ 3950 static int 3951 eval6( 3952 char_u **arg, 3953 typval_T *rettv, 3954 int evaluate, 3955 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3956 { 3957 typval_T var2; 3958 int op; 3959 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3960 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3961 int use_float = FALSE; 3962 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3963 #endif 3964 int error = FALSE; 3965 3966 /* 3967 * Get the first variable. 3968 */ 3969 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3970 return FAIL; 3971 3972 /* 3973 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3974 */ 3975 for (;;) 3976 { 3977 op = **arg; 3978 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3979 break; 3980 3981 if (evaluate) 3982 { 3983 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3984 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3985 { 3986 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3987 use_float = TRUE; 3988 n1 = 0; 3989 } 3990 else 3991 #endif 3992 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3993 clear_tv(rettv); 3994 if (error) 3995 return FAIL; 3996 } 3997 else 3998 n1 = 0; 3999 4000 /* 4001 * Get the second variable. 4002 */ 4003 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4004 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 4005 return FAIL; 4006 4007 if (evaluate) 4008 { 4009 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4010 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4011 { 4012 if (!use_float) 4013 { 4014 f1 = n1; 4015 use_float = TRUE; 4016 } 4017 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 4018 n2 = 0; 4019 } 4020 else 4021 #endif 4022 { 4023 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 4024 clear_tv(&var2); 4025 if (error) 4026 return FAIL; 4027 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4028 if (use_float) 4029 f2 = n2; 4030 #endif 4031 } 4032 4033 /* 4034 * Compute the result. 4035 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 4036 */ 4037 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4038 if (use_float) 4039 { 4040 if (op == '*') 4041 f1 = f1 * f2; 4042 else if (op == '/') 4043 { 4044 # ifdef VMS 4045 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 4046 if (f2 == 0.0) 4047 { 4048 if (f1 == 0) 4049 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 4050 else if (f1 < 0) 4051 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 4052 else 4053 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 4054 } 4055 else 4056 f1 = f1 / f2; 4057 # else 4058 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 4059 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 4060 f1 = f1 / f2; 4061 # endif 4062 } 4063 else 4064 { 4065 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 4066 return FAIL; 4067 } 4068 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4069 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 4070 } 4071 else 4072 #endif 4073 { 4074 if (op == '*') 4075 n1 = n1 * n2; 4076 else if (op == '/') 4077 { 4078 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4079 { 4080 if (n1 == 0) 4081 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 4082 else if (n1 < 0) 4083 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 4084 else 4085 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 4086 } 4087 else 4088 n1 = n1 / n2; 4089 } 4090 else 4091 { 4092 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4093 n1 = 0; 4094 else 4095 n1 = n1 % n2; 4096 } 4097 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4098 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 4099 } 4100 } 4101 } 4102 4103 return OK; 4104 } 4105 4106 /* 4107 * Handle sixth level expression: 4108 * number number constant 4109 * "string" string constant 4110 * 'string' literal string constant 4111 * &option-name option value 4112 * @r register contents 4113 * identifier variable value 4114 * function() function call 4115 * $VAR environment variable 4116 * (expression) nested expression 4117 * [expr, expr] List 4118 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 4119 * 4120 * Also handle: 4121 * ! in front logical NOT 4122 * - in front unary minus 4123 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 4124 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 4125 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 4126 * 4127 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 4128 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 4129 * 4130 * Return OK or FAIL. 4131 */ 4132 static int 4133 eval7( 4134 char_u **arg, 4135 typval_T *rettv, 4136 int evaluate, 4137 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 4138 { 4139 varnumber_T n; 4140 int len; 4141 char_u *s; 4142 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 4143 int ret = OK; 4144 char_u *alias; 4145 4146 /* 4147 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 4148 * string and free a string that isn't there. 4149 */ 4150 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 4151 4152 /* 4153 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 4154 */ 4155 start_leader = *arg; 4156 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 4157 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4158 end_leader = *arg; 4159 4160 switch (**arg) 4161 { 4162 /* 4163 * Number constant. 4164 */ 4165 case '0': 4166 case '1': 4167 case '2': 4168 case '3': 4169 case '4': 4170 case '5': 4171 case '6': 4172 case '7': 4173 case '8': 4174 case '9': 4175 { 4176 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4177 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4178 int get_float = FALSE; 4179 4180 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4181 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4182 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4183 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4184 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4185 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4186 { 4187 get_float = TRUE; 4188 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4189 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4190 { 4191 ++p; 4192 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4193 ++p; 4194 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4195 get_float = FALSE; 4196 else 4197 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4198 } 4199 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4200 get_float = FALSE; 4201 } 4202 if (get_float) 4203 { 4204 float_T f; 4205 4206 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4207 if (evaluate) 4208 { 4209 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4210 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4211 } 4212 } 4213 else 4214 #endif 4215 { 4216 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4217 *arg += len; 4218 if (evaluate) 4219 { 4220 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4221 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4222 } 4223 } 4224 break; 4225 } 4226 4227 /* 4228 * String constant: "string". 4229 */ 4230 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4231 break; 4232 4233 /* 4234 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4235 */ 4236 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4237 break; 4238 4239 /* 4240 * List: [expr, expr] 4241 */ 4242 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4243 break; 4244 4245 /* 4246 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4247 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4248 */ 4249 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4250 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4251 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4252 break; 4253 4254 /* 4255 * Option value: &name 4256 */ 4257 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4258 break; 4259 4260 /* 4261 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4262 */ 4263 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4264 break; 4265 4266 /* 4267 * Register contents: @r. 4268 */ 4269 case '@': ++*arg; 4270 if (evaluate) 4271 { 4272 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4273 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4274 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4275 } 4276 if (**arg != NUL) 4277 ++*arg; 4278 break; 4279 4280 /* 4281 * nested expression: (expression). 4282 */ 4283 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4284 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4285 if (**arg == ')') 4286 ++*arg; 4287 else if (ret == OK) 4288 { 4289 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4290 clear_tv(rettv); 4291 ret = FAIL; 4292 } 4293 break; 4294 4295 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4296 break; 4297 } 4298 4299 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4300 { 4301 /* 4302 * Must be a variable or function name. 4303 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4304 */ 4305 s = *arg; 4306 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4307 if (alias != NULL) 4308 s = alias; 4309 4310 if (len <= 0) 4311 ret = FAIL; 4312 else 4313 { 4314 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4315 { 4316 partial_T *partial; 4317 4318 if (!evaluate) 4319 check_vars(s, len); 4320 4321 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4322 * use its contents. */ 4323 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4324 4325 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4326 * the name invalid. */ 4327 s = vim_strsave(s); 4328 if (s == NULL) 4329 ret = FAIL; 4330 else 4331 /* Invoke the function. */ 4332 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4333 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4334 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4335 vim_free(s); 4336 4337 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4338 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4339 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4340 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4341 { 4342 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4343 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4344 } 4345 4346 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4347 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4348 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4349 if (aborting()) 4350 { 4351 if (ret == OK) 4352 clear_tv(rettv); 4353 ret = FAIL; 4354 } 4355 } 4356 else if (evaluate) 4357 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4358 else 4359 { 4360 check_vars(s, len); 4361 ret = OK; 4362 } 4363 } 4364 vim_free(alias); 4365 } 4366 4367 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4368 4369 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4370 * expr(expr). */ 4371 if (ret == OK) 4372 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4373 4374 /* 4375 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4376 */ 4377 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4378 { 4379 int error = FALSE; 4380 varnumber_T val = 0; 4381 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4382 float_T f = 0.0; 4383 4384 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4385 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4386 else 4387 #endif 4388 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4389 if (error) 4390 { 4391 clear_tv(rettv); 4392 ret = FAIL; 4393 } 4394 else 4395 { 4396 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4397 { 4398 --end_leader; 4399 if (*end_leader == '!') 4400 { 4401 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4402 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4403 f = !f; 4404 else 4405 #endif 4406 val = !val; 4407 } 4408 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4409 { 4410 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4411 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4412 f = -f; 4413 else 4414 #endif 4415 val = -val; 4416 } 4417 } 4418 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4419 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4420 { 4421 clear_tv(rettv); 4422 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4423 } 4424 else 4425 #endif 4426 { 4427 clear_tv(rettv); 4428 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4429 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4430 } 4431 } 4432 } 4433 4434 return ret; 4435 } 4436 4437 /* 4438 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4439 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4440 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4441 */ 4442 static int 4443 eval_index( 4444 char_u **arg, 4445 typval_T *rettv, 4446 int evaluate, 4447 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4448 { 4449 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4450 typval_T var1, var2; 4451 long n1, n2 = 0; 4452 long len = -1; 4453 int range = FALSE; 4454 char_u *s; 4455 char_u *key = NULL; 4456 4457 switch (rettv->v_type) 4458 { 4459 case VAR_FUNC: 4460 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4461 if (verbose) 4462 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4463 return FAIL; 4464 case VAR_FLOAT: 4465 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4466 if (verbose) 4467 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4468 return FAIL; 4469 #endif 4470 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4471 case VAR_JOB: 4472 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4473 if (verbose) 4474 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4475 return FAIL; 4476 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4477 if (evaluate) 4478 return FAIL; 4479 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4480 4481 case VAR_STRING: 4482 case VAR_NUMBER: 4483 case VAR_LIST: 4484 case VAR_DICT: 4485 break; 4486 } 4487 4488 init_tv(&var1); 4489 init_tv(&var2); 4490 if (**arg == '.') 4491 { 4492 /* 4493 * dict.name 4494 */ 4495 key = *arg + 1; 4496 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4497 ; 4498 if (len == 0) 4499 return FAIL; 4500 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4501 } 4502 else 4503 { 4504 /* 4505 * something[idx] 4506 * 4507 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4508 */ 4509 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4510 if (**arg == ':') 4511 empty1 = TRUE; 4512 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4513 return FAIL; 4514 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4515 { 4516 /* not a number or string */ 4517 clear_tv(&var1); 4518 return FAIL; 4519 } 4520 4521 /* 4522 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4523 */ 4524 if (**arg == ':') 4525 { 4526 range = TRUE; 4527 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4528 if (**arg == ']') 4529 empty2 = TRUE; 4530 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4531 { 4532 if (!empty1) 4533 clear_tv(&var1); 4534 return FAIL; 4535 } 4536 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4537 { 4538 /* not a number or string */ 4539 if (!empty1) 4540 clear_tv(&var1); 4541 clear_tv(&var2); 4542 return FAIL; 4543 } 4544 } 4545 4546 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4547 if (**arg != ']') 4548 { 4549 if (verbose) 4550 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4551 clear_tv(&var1); 4552 if (range) 4553 clear_tv(&var2); 4554 return FAIL; 4555 } 4556 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4557 } 4558 4559 if (evaluate) 4560 { 4561 n1 = 0; 4562 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4563 { 4564 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4565 clear_tv(&var1); 4566 } 4567 if (range) 4568 { 4569 if (empty2) 4570 n2 = -1; 4571 else 4572 { 4573 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4574 clear_tv(&var2); 4575 } 4576 } 4577 4578 switch (rettv->v_type) 4579 { 4580 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4581 case VAR_FUNC: 4582 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4583 case VAR_FLOAT: 4584 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4585 case VAR_JOB: 4586 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4587 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4588 4589 case VAR_NUMBER: 4590 case VAR_STRING: 4591 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4592 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4593 if (range) 4594 { 4595 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4596 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4597 if (n1 < 0) 4598 { 4599 n1 = len + n1; 4600 if (n1 < 0) 4601 n1 = 0; 4602 } 4603 if (n2 < 0) 4604 n2 = len + n2; 4605 else if (n2 >= len) 4606 n2 = len; 4607 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4608 s = NULL; 4609 else 4610 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4611 } 4612 else 4613 { 4614 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4615 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4616 * result is empty. */ 4617 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4618 s = NULL; 4619 else 4620 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4621 } 4622 clear_tv(rettv); 4623 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4624 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4625 break; 4626 4627 case VAR_LIST: 4628 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4629 if (n1 < 0) 4630 n1 = len + n1; 4631 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4632 { 4633 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4634 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4635 if (!range) 4636 { 4637 if (verbose) 4638 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4639 return FAIL; 4640 } 4641 n1 = len; 4642 } 4643 if (range) 4644 { 4645 list_T *l; 4646 listitem_T *item; 4647 4648 if (n2 < 0) 4649 n2 = len + n2; 4650 else if (n2 >= len) 4651 n2 = len - 1; 4652 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4653 n2 = -1; 4654 l = list_alloc(); 4655 if (l == NULL) 4656 return FAIL; 4657 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4658 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4659 { 4660 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4661 { 4662 list_free(l); 4663 return FAIL; 4664 } 4665 item = item->li_next; 4666 } 4667 clear_tv(rettv); 4668 rettv->v_type = VAR_LIST; 4669 rettv->vval.v_list = l; 4670 ++l->lv_refcount; 4671 } 4672 else 4673 { 4674 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4675 clear_tv(rettv); 4676 *rettv = var1; 4677 } 4678 break; 4679 4680 case VAR_DICT: 4681 if (range) 4682 { 4683 if (verbose) 4684 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4685 if (len == -1) 4686 clear_tv(&var1); 4687 return FAIL; 4688 } 4689 { 4690 dictitem_T *item; 4691 4692 if (len == -1) 4693 { 4694 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4695 if (key == NULL) 4696 { 4697 clear_tv(&var1); 4698 return FAIL; 4699 } 4700 } 4701 4702 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4703 4704 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4705 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4706 if (len == -1) 4707 clear_tv(&var1); 4708 if (item == NULL) 4709 return FAIL; 4710 4711 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4712 clear_tv(rettv); 4713 *rettv = var1; 4714 } 4715 break; 4716 } 4717 } 4718 4719 return OK; 4720 } 4721 4722 /* 4723 * Get an option value. 4724 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4725 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4726 * Return OK or FAIL. 4727 */ 4728 int 4729 get_option_tv( 4730 char_u **arg, 4731 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4732 int evaluate) 4733 { 4734 char_u *option_end; 4735 long numval; 4736 char_u *stringval; 4737 int opt_type; 4738 int c; 4739 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4740 int ret = OK; 4741 int opt_flags; 4742 4743 /* 4744 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4745 */ 4746 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4747 if (option_end == NULL) 4748 { 4749 if (rettv != NULL) 4750 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4751 return FAIL; 4752 } 4753 4754 if (!evaluate) 4755 { 4756 *arg = option_end; 4757 return OK; 4758 } 4759 4760 c = *option_end; 4761 *option_end = NUL; 4762 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4763 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4764 4765 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4766 { 4767 if (rettv != NULL) 4768 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4769 ret = FAIL; 4770 } 4771 else if (rettv != NULL) 4772 { 4773 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4774 { 4775 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4776 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4777 } 4778 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4779 { 4780 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4781 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4782 } 4783 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4784 { 4785 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4786 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4787 } 4788 else /* string option */ 4789 { 4790 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4791 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4792 } 4793 } 4794 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4795 ret = FAIL; 4796 4797 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4798 *arg = option_end; 4799 4800 return ret; 4801 } 4802 4803 /* 4804 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4805 * Return OK or FAIL. 4806 */ 4807 static int 4808 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4809 { 4810 char_u *p; 4811 char_u *name; 4812 int extra = 0; 4813 4814 /* 4815 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4816 */ 4817 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4818 { 4819 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4820 { 4821 ++p; 4822 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4823 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4824 if (*p == '<') 4825 extra += 2; 4826 } 4827 } 4828 4829 if (*p != '"') 4830 { 4831 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4832 return FAIL; 4833 } 4834 4835 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4836 if (!evaluate) 4837 { 4838 *arg = p + 1; 4839 return OK; 4840 } 4841 4842 /* 4843 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4844 * characters. 4845 */ 4846 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4847 if (name == NULL) 4848 return FAIL; 4849 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4850 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4851 4852 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4853 { 4854 if (*p == '\\') 4855 { 4856 switch (*++p) 4857 { 4858 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4859 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4860 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4861 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4862 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4863 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4864 4865 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4866 case 'x': 4867 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4868 case 'U': 4869 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4870 { 4871 int n, nr; 4872 int c = toupper(*p); 4873 4874 if (c == 'X') 4875 n = 2; 4876 else if (*p == 'u') 4877 n = 4; 4878 else 4879 n = 8; 4880 nr = 0; 4881 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4882 { 4883 ++p; 4884 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4885 } 4886 ++p; 4887 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4888 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4889 * 'encoding'. */ 4890 if (c != 'X') 4891 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4892 else 4893 #endif 4894 *name++ = nr; 4895 } 4896 break; 4897 4898 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4899 case '0': 4900 case '1': 4901 case '2': 4902 case '3': 4903 case '4': 4904 case '5': 4905 case '6': 4906 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4907 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4908 { 4909 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4910 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4911 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4912 } 4913 ++name; 4914 break; 4915 4916 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4917 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4918 if (extra != 0) 4919 { 4920 name += extra; 4921 break; 4922 } 4923 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4924 4925 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4926 break; 4927 } 4928 } 4929 else 4930 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4931 4932 } 4933 *name = NUL; 4934 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4935 ++p; 4936 *arg = p; 4937 4938 return OK; 4939 } 4940 4941 /* 4942 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4943 * Return OK or FAIL. 4944 */ 4945 static int 4946 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4947 { 4948 char_u *p; 4949 char_u *str; 4950 int reduce = 0; 4951 4952 /* 4953 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4954 */ 4955 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4956 { 4957 if (*p == '\'') 4958 { 4959 if (p[1] != '\'') 4960 break; 4961 ++reduce; 4962 ++p; 4963 } 4964 } 4965 4966 if (*p != '\'') 4967 { 4968 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4969 return FAIL; 4970 } 4971 4972 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4973 if (!evaluate) 4974 { 4975 *arg = p + 1; 4976 return OK; 4977 } 4978 4979 /* 4980 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4981 */ 4982 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4983 if (str == NULL) 4984 return FAIL; 4985 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4986 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 4987 4988 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 4989 { 4990 if (*p == '\'') 4991 { 4992 if (p[1] != '\'') 4993 break; 4994 ++p; 4995 } 4996 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 4997 } 4998 *str = NUL; 4999 *arg = p + 1; 5000 5001 return OK; 5002 } 5003 5004 /* 5005 * Return the function name of the partial. 5006 */ 5007 char_u * 5008 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 5009 { 5010 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5011 return pt->pt_name; 5012 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 5013 } 5014 5015 static void 5016 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 5017 { 5018 int i; 5019 5020 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5021 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 5022 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 5023 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 5024 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5025 { 5026 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 5027 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 5028 } 5029 else 5030 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 5031 vim_free(pt); 5032 } 5033 5034 /* 5035 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 5036 * becomes zero. 5037 */ 5038 void 5039 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 5040 { 5041 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 5042 partial_free(pt); 5043 } 5044 5045 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5046 5047 static int 5048 func_equal( 5049 typval_T *tv1, 5050 typval_T *tv2, 5051 int ic) /* ignore case */ 5052 { 5053 char_u *s1, *s2; 5054 dict_T *d1, *d2; 5055 int a1, a2; 5056 int i; 5057 5058 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 5059 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 5060 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 5061 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 5062 s1 = NULL; 5063 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 5064 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 5065 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 5066 s2 = NULL; 5067 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 5068 { 5069 if (s1 != s2) 5070 return FALSE; 5071 } 5072 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 5073 return FALSE; 5074 5075 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 5076 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5077 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5078 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 5079 { 5080 if (d1 != d2) 5081 return FALSE; 5082 } 5083 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 5084 return FALSE; 5085 5086 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 5087 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5088 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5089 if (a1 != a2) 5090 return FALSE; 5091 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 5092 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 5093 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 5094 return FALSE; 5095 5096 return TRUE; 5097 } 5098 5099 /* 5100 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 5101 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 5102 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 5103 */ 5104 int 5105 tv_equal( 5106 typval_T *tv1, 5107 typval_T *tv2, 5108 int ic, /* ignore case */ 5109 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 5110 { 5111 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 5112 char_u *s1, *s2; 5113 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 5114 int r; 5115 5116 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 5117 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 5118 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 5119 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 5120 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 5121 * recursiveness quickly. */ 5122 if (!recursive) 5123 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 5124 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 5125 { 5126 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5127 return TRUE; 5128 } 5129 5130 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 5131 * arguments. */ 5132 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5133 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 5134 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5135 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 5136 { 5137 ++recursive_cnt; 5138 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 5139 --recursive_cnt; 5140 return r; 5141 } 5142 5143 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 5144 return FALSE; 5145 5146 switch (tv1->v_type) 5147 { 5148 case VAR_LIST: 5149 ++recursive_cnt; 5150 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 5151 --recursive_cnt; 5152 return r; 5153 5154 case VAR_DICT: 5155 ++recursive_cnt; 5156 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 5157 --recursive_cnt; 5158 return r; 5159 5160 case VAR_NUMBER: 5161 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5162 5163 case VAR_STRING: 5164 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 5165 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 5166 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 5167 5168 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5169 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5170 5171 case VAR_FLOAT: 5172 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5173 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 5174 #endif 5175 case VAR_JOB: 5176 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5177 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5178 #endif 5179 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5180 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5181 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5182 #endif 5183 case VAR_FUNC: 5184 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5185 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5186 break; 5187 } 5188 5189 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5190 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5191 return FALSE; 5192 } 5193 5194 /* 5195 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5196 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5197 */ 5198 int 5199 get_copyID(void) 5200 { 5201 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5202 return current_copyID; 5203 } 5204 5205 /* 5206 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5207 * 5208 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5209 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5210 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5211 * reference. Example: 5212 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5213 * :let d = {9: l} 5214 * :let l[1] = d 5215 * 5216 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5217 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5218 * variable. 5219 * 5220 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5221 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5222 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5223 */ 5224 5225 /* 5226 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5227 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5228 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5229 */ 5230 int 5231 garbage_collect(int testing) 5232 { 5233 int copyID; 5234 int abort = FALSE; 5235 buf_T *buf; 5236 win_T *wp; 5237 int i; 5238 int did_free = FALSE; 5239 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5240 tabpage_T *tp; 5241 #endif 5242 5243 if (!testing) 5244 { 5245 /* Only do this once. */ 5246 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5247 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5248 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5249 } 5250 5251 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5252 * previous_funccal. */ 5253 copyID = get_copyID(); 5254 5255 /* 5256 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5257 * with copyID. 5258 */ 5259 5260 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5261 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5262 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5263 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5264 5265 /* script-local variables */ 5266 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5267 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5268 5269 /* buffer-local variables */ 5270 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5271 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5272 NULL, NULL); 5273 5274 /* window-local variables */ 5275 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5276 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5277 NULL, NULL); 5278 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 5279 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5280 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5281 NULL, NULL); 5282 #endif 5283 5284 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5285 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5286 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5287 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5288 NULL, NULL); 5289 #endif 5290 5291 /* global variables */ 5292 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5293 5294 /* function-local variables */ 5295 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5296 5297 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5298 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5299 5300 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5301 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5302 5303 /* v: vars */ 5304 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5305 5306 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5307 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5308 #endif 5309 5310 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5311 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5312 #endif 5313 5314 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5315 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5316 #endif 5317 5318 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5319 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5320 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5321 #endif 5322 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5323 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5324 #endif 5325 5326 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5327 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5328 #endif 5329 5330 if (!abort) 5331 { 5332 /* 5333 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5334 */ 5335 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5336 5337 /* 5338 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5339 * This may call us back recursively. 5340 */ 5341 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5342 } 5343 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5344 { 5345 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5346 } 5347 5348 return did_free; 5349 } 5350 5351 /* 5352 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5353 */ 5354 static int 5355 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5356 { 5357 int did_free = FALSE; 5358 5359 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5360 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5361 * do that here. */ 5362 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5363 5364 /* 5365 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5366 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5367 */ 5368 5369 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5370 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5371 5372 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5373 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5374 5375 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5376 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5377 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5378 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5379 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5380 5381 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5382 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5383 #endif 5384 5385 /* 5386 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5387 */ 5388 dict_free_items(copyID); 5389 list_free_items(copyID); 5390 5391 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5392 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5393 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5394 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5395 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5396 5397 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5398 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5399 #endif 5400 5401 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5402 5403 return did_free; 5404 } 5405 5406 /* 5407 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5408 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5409 * 5410 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5411 */ 5412 int 5413 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5414 { 5415 int todo; 5416 int abort = FALSE; 5417 hashitem_T *hi; 5418 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5419 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5420 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5421 5422 cur_ht = ht; 5423 for (;;) 5424 { 5425 if (!abort) 5426 { 5427 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5428 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5429 * list_stack. */ 5430 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5431 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5432 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5433 { 5434 --todo; 5435 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5436 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5437 } 5438 } 5439 5440 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5441 break; 5442 5443 /* take an item from the stack */ 5444 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5445 tempitem = ht_stack; 5446 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5447 free(tempitem); 5448 } 5449 5450 return abort; 5451 } 5452 5453 /* 5454 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5455 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5456 * 5457 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5458 */ 5459 int 5460 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5461 { 5462 listitem_T *li; 5463 int abort = FALSE; 5464 list_T *cur_l; 5465 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5466 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5467 5468 cur_l = l; 5469 for (;;) 5470 { 5471 if (!abort) 5472 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5473 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5474 * list_stack. */ 5475 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5476 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5477 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5478 if (list_stack == NULL) 5479 break; 5480 5481 /* take an item from the stack */ 5482 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5483 tempitem = list_stack; 5484 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5485 free(tempitem); 5486 } 5487 5488 return abort; 5489 } 5490 5491 /* 5492 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5493 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5494 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5495 * 5496 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5497 */ 5498 int 5499 set_ref_in_item( 5500 typval_T *tv, 5501 int copyID, 5502 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5503 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5504 { 5505 int abort = FALSE; 5506 5507 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5508 { 5509 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5510 5511 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5512 { 5513 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5514 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5515 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5516 { 5517 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5518 } 5519 else 5520 { 5521 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5522 if (newitem == NULL) 5523 abort = TRUE; 5524 else 5525 { 5526 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5527 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5528 *ht_stack = newitem; 5529 } 5530 } 5531 } 5532 } 5533 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5534 { 5535 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5536 5537 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5538 { 5539 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5540 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5541 if (list_stack == NULL) 5542 { 5543 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5544 } 5545 else 5546 { 5547 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5548 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5549 if (newitem == NULL) 5550 abort = TRUE; 5551 else 5552 { 5553 newitem->list = ll; 5554 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5555 *list_stack = newitem; 5556 } 5557 } 5558 } 5559 } 5560 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5561 { 5562 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5563 } 5564 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5565 { 5566 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5567 int i; 5568 5569 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5570 */ 5571 if (pt != NULL) 5572 { 5573 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5574 5575 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5576 { 5577 typval_T dtv; 5578 5579 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5580 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5581 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5582 } 5583 5584 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5585 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5586 ht_stack, list_stack); 5587 } 5588 } 5589 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5590 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5591 { 5592 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5593 typval_T dtv; 5594 5595 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5596 { 5597 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5598 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5599 { 5600 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5601 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5602 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5603 } 5604 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5605 { 5606 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5607 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5608 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5609 } 5610 } 5611 } 5612 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5613 { 5614 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5615 ch_part_T part; 5616 typval_T dtv; 5617 jsonq_T *jq; 5618 cbq_T *cq; 5619 5620 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5621 { 5622 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5623 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5624 { 5625 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5626 jq = jq->jq_next) 5627 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5628 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5629 cq = cq->cq_next) 5630 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5631 { 5632 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5633 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5634 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5635 } 5636 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5637 { 5638 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5639 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5640 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5641 } 5642 } 5643 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5644 { 5645 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5646 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5647 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5648 } 5649 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5650 { 5651 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5652 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5653 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5654 } 5655 } 5656 } 5657 #endif 5658 return abort; 5659 } 5660 5661 static char * 5662 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5663 { 5664 switch (nr) 5665 { 5666 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5667 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5668 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5669 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5670 } 5671 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5672 return "42"; 5673 } 5674 5675 /* 5676 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5677 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5678 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5679 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5680 * When both "echo_style" and "dict_val" are FALSE, put quotes around stings as 5681 * "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" 5682 * displays values. 5683 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5684 * are replaced with "...". 5685 * May return NULL. 5686 */ 5687 char_u * 5688 echo_string_core( 5689 typval_T *tv, 5690 char_u **tofree, 5691 char_u *numbuf, 5692 int copyID, 5693 int echo_style, 5694 int restore_copyID, 5695 int dict_val) 5696 { 5697 static int recurse = 0; 5698 char_u *r = NULL; 5699 5700 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5701 { 5702 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5703 { 5704 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5705 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5706 * and dicts. */ 5707 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5708 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5709 } 5710 *tofree = NULL; 5711 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5712 } 5713 ++recurse; 5714 5715 switch (tv->v_type) 5716 { 5717 case VAR_STRING: 5718 if (echo_style && !dict_val) 5719 { 5720 *tofree = NULL; 5721 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5722 } 5723 else 5724 { 5725 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5726 r = *tofree; 5727 } 5728 break; 5729 5730 case VAR_FUNC: 5731 if (echo_style) 5732 { 5733 *tofree = NULL; 5734 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5735 } 5736 else 5737 { 5738 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5739 r = *tofree; 5740 } 5741 break; 5742 5743 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5744 { 5745 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5746 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5747 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5748 garray_T ga; 5749 int i; 5750 char_u *tf; 5751 5752 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5753 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5754 if (fname != NULL) 5755 { 5756 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5757 vim_free(fname); 5758 } 5759 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5760 { 5761 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5762 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5763 { 5764 if (i > 0) 5765 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5766 ga_concat(&ga, 5767 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5768 vim_free(tf); 5769 } 5770 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5771 } 5772 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5773 { 5774 typval_T dtv; 5775 5776 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5777 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5778 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5779 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5780 vim_free(tf); 5781 } 5782 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5783 5784 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5785 r = *tofree; 5786 break; 5787 } 5788 5789 case VAR_LIST: 5790 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5791 { 5792 *tofree = NULL; 5793 r = NULL; 5794 } 5795 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5796 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5797 { 5798 *tofree = NULL; 5799 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5800 } 5801 else 5802 { 5803 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5804 5805 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5806 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5807 if (restore_copyID) 5808 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5809 r = *tofree; 5810 } 5811 break; 5812 5813 case VAR_DICT: 5814 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5815 { 5816 *tofree = NULL; 5817 r = NULL; 5818 } 5819 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5820 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5821 { 5822 *tofree = NULL; 5823 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5824 } 5825 else 5826 { 5827 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5828 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5829 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5830 if (restore_copyID) 5831 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5832 r = *tofree; 5833 } 5834 break; 5835 5836 case VAR_NUMBER: 5837 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5838 case VAR_JOB: 5839 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5840 *tofree = NULL; 5841 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5842 break; 5843 5844 case VAR_FLOAT: 5845 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5846 *tofree = NULL; 5847 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5848 r = numbuf; 5849 break; 5850 #endif 5851 5852 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5853 *tofree = NULL; 5854 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5855 break; 5856 } 5857 5858 if (--recurse == 0) 5859 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5860 return r; 5861 } 5862 5863 /* 5864 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5865 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5866 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5867 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5868 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5869 * May return NULL. 5870 */ 5871 char_u * 5872 echo_string( 5873 typval_T *tv, 5874 char_u **tofree, 5875 char_u *numbuf, 5876 int copyID) 5877 { 5878 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5879 } 5880 5881 /* 5882 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5883 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5884 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5885 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5886 * May return NULL. 5887 */ 5888 char_u * 5889 tv2string( 5890 typval_T *tv, 5891 char_u **tofree, 5892 char_u *numbuf, 5893 int copyID) 5894 { 5895 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5896 } 5897 5898 /* 5899 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5900 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5901 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5902 */ 5903 char_u * 5904 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5905 { 5906 unsigned len; 5907 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5908 5909 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5910 if (str != NULL) 5911 { 5912 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5913 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5914 if (*p == '\'') 5915 ++len; 5916 } 5917 s = r = alloc(len); 5918 if (r != NULL) 5919 { 5920 if (function) 5921 { 5922 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5923 r += 10; 5924 } 5925 else 5926 *r++ = '\''; 5927 if (str != NULL) 5928 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5929 { 5930 if (*p == '\'') 5931 *r++ = '\''; 5932 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5933 } 5934 *r++ = '\''; 5935 if (function) 5936 *r++ = ')'; 5937 *r++ = NUL; 5938 } 5939 return s; 5940 } 5941 5942 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5943 /* 5944 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5945 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5946 * this always uses a decimal point. 5947 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5948 */ 5949 int 5950 string2float( 5951 char_u *text, 5952 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5953 { 5954 char *s = (char *)text; 5955 float_T f; 5956 5957 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 5958 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 5959 { 5960 *value = INFINITY; 5961 return 3; 5962 } 5963 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 5964 { 5965 *value = -INFINITY; 5966 return 4; 5967 } 5968 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 5969 { 5970 *value = NAN; 5971 return 3; 5972 } 5973 f = strtod(s, &s); 5974 *value = f; 5975 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5976 } 5977 #endif 5978 5979 /* 5980 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5981 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5982 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5983 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5984 */ 5985 static int 5986 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5987 { 5988 char_u *string = NULL; 5989 int len; 5990 int cc; 5991 char_u *name; 5992 int mustfree = FALSE; 5993 5994 ++*arg; 5995 name = *arg; 5996 len = get_env_len(arg); 5997 if (evaluate) 5998 { 5999 if (len == 0) 6000 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 6001 6002 cc = name[len]; 6003 name[len] = NUL; 6004 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 6005 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 6006 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 6007 { 6008 if (!mustfree) 6009 string = vim_strsave(string); 6010 } 6011 else 6012 { 6013 if (mustfree) 6014 vim_free(string); 6015 6016 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 6017 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 6018 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 6019 { 6020 vim_free(string); 6021 string = NULL; 6022 } 6023 } 6024 name[len] = cc; 6025 6026 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6027 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 6028 } 6029 6030 return OK; 6031 } 6032 6033 6034 6035 /* 6036 * Translate a String variable into a position. 6037 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 6038 */ 6039 pos_T * 6040 var2fpos( 6041 typval_T *varp, 6042 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 6043 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 6044 { 6045 char_u *name; 6046 static pos_T pos; 6047 pos_T *pp; 6048 6049 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 6050 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 6051 { 6052 list_T *l; 6053 int len; 6054 int error = FALSE; 6055 listitem_T *li; 6056 6057 l = varp->vval.v_list; 6058 if (l == NULL) 6059 return NULL; 6060 6061 /* Get the line number */ 6062 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 6063 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6064 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 6065 6066 /* Get the column number */ 6067 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 6068 if (error) 6069 return NULL; 6070 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 6071 6072 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 6073 li = list_find(l, 1L); 6074 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 6075 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 6076 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 6077 pos.col = len + 1; 6078 6079 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 6080 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 6081 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 6082 --pos.col; 6083 6084 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6085 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 6086 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 6087 if (error) 6088 pos.coladd = 0; 6089 #endif 6090 6091 return &pos; 6092 } 6093 6094 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 6095 if (name == NULL) 6096 return NULL; 6097 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 6098 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6099 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 6100 { 6101 if (VIsual_active) 6102 return &VIsual; 6103 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6104 } 6105 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 6106 { 6107 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 6108 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 6109 return NULL; 6110 return pp; 6111 } 6112 6113 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6114 pos.coladd = 0; 6115 #endif 6116 6117 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 6118 { 6119 pos.col = 0; 6120 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 6121 { 6122 update_topline(); 6123 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline; 6124 return &pos; 6125 } 6126 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 6127 { 6128 validate_botline(); 6129 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline - 1; 6130 return &pos; 6131 } 6132 } 6133 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 6134 { 6135 if (dollar_lnum) 6136 { 6137 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6138 pos.col = 0; 6139 } 6140 else 6141 { 6142 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6143 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6144 } 6145 return &pos; 6146 } 6147 return NULL; 6148 } 6149 6150 /* 6151 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 6152 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 6153 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 6154 * it to use 1 for the first column. 6155 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 6156 * validity. 6157 */ 6158 int 6159 list2fpos( 6160 typval_T *arg, 6161 pos_T *posp, 6162 int *fnump, 6163 colnr_T *curswantp) 6164 { 6165 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6166 long i = 0; 6167 long n; 6168 6169 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6170 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6171 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6172 || l == NULL 6173 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6174 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6175 return FAIL; 6176 6177 if (fnump != NULL) 6178 { 6179 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6180 if (n < 0) 6181 return FAIL; 6182 if (n == 0) 6183 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6184 *fnump = n; 6185 } 6186 6187 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6188 if (n < 0) 6189 return FAIL; 6190 posp->lnum = n; 6191 6192 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6193 if (n < 0) 6194 return FAIL; 6195 posp->col = n; 6196 6197 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6198 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6199 if (n < 0) 6200 posp->coladd = 0; 6201 else 6202 posp->coladd = n; 6203 #endif 6204 6205 if (curswantp != NULL) 6206 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6207 6208 return OK; 6209 } 6210 6211 /* 6212 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6213 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6214 * Return 0 for error. 6215 */ 6216 static int 6217 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6218 { 6219 char_u *p; 6220 int len; 6221 6222 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6223 ; 6224 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6225 return 0; 6226 6227 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6228 *arg = p; 6229 return len; 6230 } 6231 6232 /* 6233 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6234 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6235 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6236 */ 6237 int 6238 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6239 { 6240 char_u *p; 6241 int len; 6242 6243 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6244 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6245 { 6246 if (*p == ':') 6247 { 6248 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6249 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6250 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6251 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6252 || len > 1) 6253 break; 6254 } 6255 } 6256 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6257 return 0; 6258 6259 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6260 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6261 6262 return len; 6263 } 6264 6265 /* 6266 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6267 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6268 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6269 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6270 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6271 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6272 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6273 */ 6274 int 6275 get_name_len( 6276 char_u **arg, 6277 char_u **alias, 6278 int evaluate, 6279 int verbose) 6280 { 6281 int len; 6282 char_u *p; 6283 char_u *expr_start; 6284 char_u *expr_end; 6285 6286 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6287 6288 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6289 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6290 { 6291 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6292 *arg += 3; 6293 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6294 } 6295 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6296 if (len > 0) 6297 { 6298 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6299 *arg += len; 6300 } 6301 6302 /* 6303 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6304 */ 6305 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6306 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6307 if (expr_start != NULL) 6308 { 6309 char_u *temp_string; 6310 6311 if (!evaluate) 6312 { 6313 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6314 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6315 return len; 6316 } 6317 6318 /* 6319 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6320 * Thus the -len here. 6321 */ 6322 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6323 if (temp_string == NULL) 6324 return -1; 6325 *alias = temp_string; 6326 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6327 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6328 } 6329 6330 len += get_id_len(arg); 6331 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6332 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6333 6334 return len; 6335 } 6336 6337 /* 6338 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6339 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6340 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6341 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6342 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6343 * valid name. 6344 */ 6345 char_u * 6346 find_name_end( 6347 char_u *arg, 6348 char_u **expr_start, 6349 char_u **expr_end, 6350 int flags) 6351 { 6352 int mb_nest = 0; 6353 int br_nest = 0; 6354 char_u *p; 6355 int len; 6356 6357 if (expr_start != NULL) 6358 { 6359 *expr_start = NULL; 6360 *expr_end = NULL; 6361 } 6362 6363 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6364 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6365 return arg; 6366 6367 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6368 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6369 || *p == '{' 6370 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6371 || mb_nest != 0 6372 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6373 { 6374 if (*p == '\'') 6375 { 6376 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6377 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6378 ; 6379 if (*p == NUL) 6380 break; 6381 } 6382 else if (*p == '"') 6383 { 6384 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6385 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6386 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6387 ++p; 6388 if (*p == NUL) 6389 break; 6390 } 6391 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6392 { 6393 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6394 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6395 len = (int)(p - arg); 6396 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6397 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6398 break; 6399 } 6400 6401 if (mb_nest == 0) 6402 { 6403 if (*p == '[') 6404 ++br_nest; 6405 else if (*p == ']') 6406 --br_nest; 6407 } 6408 6409 if (br_nest == 0) 6410 { 6411 if (*p == '{') 6412 { 6413 mb_nest++; 6414 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6415 *expr_start = p; 6416 } 6417 else if (*p == '}') 6418 { 6419 mb_nest--; 6420 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6421 *expr_end = p; 6422 } 6423 } 6424 } 6425 6426 return p; 6427 } 6428 6429 /* 6430 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6431 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6432 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6433 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6434 * "in_start" ^ 6435 * "expr_start" ^ 6436 * "expr_end" ^ 6437 * "in_end" ^ 6438 * 6439 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6440 * Returns NULL for failure. 6441 */ 6442 static char_u * 6443 make_expanded_name( 6444 char_u *in_start, 6445 char_u *expr_start, 6446 char_u *expr_end, 6447 char_u *in_end) 6448 { 6449 char_u c1; 6450 char_u *retval = NULL; 6451 char_u *temp_result; 6452 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6453 6454 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6455 return NULL; 6456 *expr_start = NUL; 6457 *expr_end = NUL; 6458 c1 = *in_end; 6459 *in_end = NUL; 6460 6461 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6462 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6463 { 6464 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6465 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6466 if (retval != NULL) 6467 { 6468 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6469 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6470 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6471 } 6472 } 6473 vim_free(temp_result); 6474 6475 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6476 *expr_start = '{'; 6477 *expr_end = '}'; 6478 6479 if (retval != NULL) 6480 { 6481 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6482 if (expr_start != NULL) 6483 { 6484 /* Further expansion! */ 6485 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6486 expr_end, temp_result); 6487 vim_free(retval); 6488 retval = temp_result; 6489 } 6490 } 6491 6492 return retval; 6493 } 6494 6495 /* 6496 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6497 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6498 */ 6499 int 6500 eval_isnamec(int c) 6501 { 6502 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6503 } 6504 6505 /* 6506 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6507 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6508 */ 6509 int 6510 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6511 { 6512 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6513 } 6514 6515 /* 6516 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6517 */ 6518 void 6519 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6520 { 6521 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6522 } 6523 6524 /* 6525 * Get number v: variable value. 6526 */ 6527 varnumber_T 6528 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6529 { 6530 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6531 } 6532 6533 /* 6534 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6535 */ 6536 char_u * 6537 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6538 { 6539 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6540 } 6541 6542 /* 6543 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6544 * needed. 6545 */ 6546 list_T * 6547 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6548 { 6549 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6550 } 6551 6552 /* 6553 * Set v:char to character "c". 6554 */ 6555 void 6556 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6557 { 6558 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6559 6560 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6561 if (has_mbyte) 6562 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6563 else 6564 #endif 6565 { 6566 buf[0] = c; 6567 buf[1] = NUL; 6568 } 6569 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6570 } 6571 6572 /* 6573 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6574 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6575 */ 6576 void 6577 set_vcount( 6578 long count, 6579 long count1, 6580 int set_prevcount) 6581 { 6582 if (set_prevcount) 6583 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6584 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6585 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6586 } 6587 6588 /* 6589 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6590 */ 6591 void 6592 set_vim_var_string( 6593 int idx, 6594 char_u *val, 6595 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6596 { 6597 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6598 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6599 if (val == NULL) 6600 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6601 else if (len == -1) 6602 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6603 else 6604 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6605 } 6606 6607 /* 6608 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6609 */ 6610 void 6611 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6612 { 6613 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6614 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6615 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6616 if (val != NULL) 6617 ++val->lv_refcount; 6618 } 6619 6620 /* 6621 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6622 */ 6623 void 6624 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6625 { 6626 int todo; 6627 hashitem_T *hi; 6628 6629 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6630 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6631 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6632 if (val != NULL) 6633 { 6634 ++val->dv_refcount; 6635 6636 /* Set readonly */ 6637 todo = (int)val->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 6638 for (hi = val->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0 ; ++hi) 6639 { 6640 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 6641 continue; 6642 --todo; 6643 HI2DI(hi)->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 6644 } 6645 } 6646 } 6647 6648 /* 6649 * Set v:register if needed. 6650 */ 6651 void 6652 set_reg_var(int c) 6653 { 6654 char_u regname; 6655 6656 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6657 regname = '"'; 6658 else 6659 regname = c; 6660 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6661 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6662 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6663 } 6664 6665 /* 6666 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6667 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6668 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6669 * take care of memory allocations. 6670 */ 6671 char_u * 6672 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6673 { 6674 if (oldval == NULL) 6675 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6676 6677 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6678 return NULL; 6679 } 6680 6681 /* 6682 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6683 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6684 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6685 * take care of memory allocations. 6686 */ 6687 char_u * 6688 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6689 { 6690 if (oldval == NULL) 6691 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6692 6693 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6694 return NULL; 6695 } 6696 6697 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(PROTO) 6698 /* 6699 * Set v:cmdarg. 6700 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6701 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6702 * Must always be called in pairs! 6703 */ 6704 char_u * 6705 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6706 { 6707 char_u *oldval; 6708 char_u *newval; 6709 unsigned len; 6710 6711 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6712 if (eap == NULL) 6713 { 6714 vim_free(oldval); 6715 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6716 return NULL; 6717 } 6718 6719 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6720 len = 6; 6721 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6722 len = 8; 6723 else 6724 len = 0; 6725 6726 if (eap->read_edit) 6727 len += 7; 6728 6729 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6730 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_ff) + 6; 6731 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6732 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6733 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6734 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6735 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6736 # endif 6737 6738 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6739 if (newval == NULL) 6740 return NULL; 6741 6742 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6743 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6744 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6745 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6746 else 6747 *newval = NUL; 6748 6749 if (eap->read_edit) 6750 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6751 6752 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6753 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6754 eap->cmd + eap->force_ff); 6755 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6756 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6757 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6758 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6759 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6760 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6761 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6762 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6763 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6764 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6765 # endif 6766 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6767 return oldval; 6768 } 6769 #endif 6770 6771 /* 6772 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6773 * Return OK or FAIL. 6774 */ 6775 int 6776 get_var_tv( 6777 char_u *name, 6778 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6779 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6780 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6781 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6782 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6783 { 6784 int ret = OK; 6785 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6786 dictitem_T *v; 6787 int cc; 6788 6789 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6790 cc = name[len]; 6791 name[len] = NUL; 6792 6793 /* 6794 * Check for user-defined variables. 6795 */ 6796 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6797 if (v != NULL) 6798 { 6799 tv = &v->di_tv; 6800 if (dip != NULL) 6801 *dip = v; 6802 } 6803 6804 if (tv == NULL) 6805 { 6806 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6807 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6808 ret = FAIL; 6809 } 6810 else if (rettv != NULL) 6811 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6812 6813 name[len] = cc; 6814 6815 return ret; 6816 } 6817 6818 /* 6819 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6820 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6821 */ 6822 static void 6823 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6824 { 6825 int cc; 6826 char_u *varname; 6827 hashtab_T *ht; 6828 6829 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6830 return; 6831 6832 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6833 cc = name[len]; 6834 name[len] = NUL; 6835 6836 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6837 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6838 { 6839 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6840 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6841 } 6842 6843 name[len] = cc; 6844 } 6845 6846 /* 6847 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6848 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6849 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6850 */ 6851 int 6852 handle_subscript( 6853 char_u **arg, 6854 typval_T *rettv, 6855 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6856 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6857 { 6858 int ret = OK; 6859 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6860 char_u *s; 6861 int len; 6862 typval_T functv; 6863 6864 while (ret == OK 6865 && (**arg == '[' 6866 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6867 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6868 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6869 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6870 { 6871 if (**arg == '(') 6872 { 6873 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6874 6875 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6876 if (evaluate) 6877 { 6878 functv = *rettv; 6879 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6880 6881 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6882 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6883 { 6884 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6885 s = partial_name(pt); 6886 } 6887 else 6888 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6889 } 6890 else 6891 s = (char_u *)""; 6892 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6893 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6894 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6895 6896 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6897 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6898 if (evaluate) 6899 clear_tv(&functv); 6900 6901 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6902 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6903 * but not caught. */ 6904 if (aborting()) 6905 { 6906 if (ret == OK) 6907 clear_tv(rettv); 6908 ret = FAIL; 6909 } 6910 dict_unref(selfdict); 6911 selfdict = NULL; 6912 } 6913 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6914 { 6915 dict_unref(selfdict); 6916 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6917 { 6918 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6919 if (selfdict != NULL) 6920 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6921 } 6922 else 6923 selfdict = NULL; 6924 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6925 { 6926 clear_tv(rettv); 6927 ret = FAIL; 6928 } 6929 } 6930 } 6931 6932 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6933 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6934 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6935 if (selfdict != NULL 6936 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6937 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6938 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6939 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6940 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6941 6942 dict_unref(selfdict); 6943 return ret; 6944 } 6945 6946 /* 6947 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6948 * value). 6949 */ 6950 typval_T * 6951 alloc_tv(void) 6952 { 6953 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6954 } 6955 6956 /* 6957 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6958 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6959 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6960 */ 6961 static typval_T * 6962 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6963 { 6964 typval_T *rettv; 6965 6966 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6967 if (rettv != NULL) 6968 { 6969 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6970 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6971 } 6972 else 6973 vim_free(s); 6974 return rettv; 6975 } 6976 6977 /* 6978 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6979 */ 6980 void 6981 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6982 { 6983 if (varp != NULL) 6984 { 6985 switch (varp->v_type) 6986 { 6987 case VAR_FUNC: 6988 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6989 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 6990 case VAR_STRING: 6991 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 6992 break; 6993 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6994 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6995 break; 6996 case VAR_LIST: 6997 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6998 break; 6999 case VAR_DICT: 7000 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7001 break; 7002 case VAR_JOB: 7003 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7004 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7005 break; 7006 #endif 7007 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7008 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7009 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7010 break; 7011 #endif 7012 case VAR_NUMBER: 7013 case VAR_FLOAT: 7014 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7015 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7016 break; 7017 } 7018 vim_free(varp); 7019 } 7020 } 7021 7022 /* 7023 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 7024 */ 7025 void 7026 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 7027 { 7028 if (varp != NULL) 7029 { 7030 switch (varp->v_type) 7031 { 7032 case VAR_FUNC: 7033 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 7034 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 7035 case VAR_STRING: 7036 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 7037 varp->vval.v_string = NULL; 7038 break; 7039 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7040 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7041 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7042 break; 7043 case VAR_LIST: 7044 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7045 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 7046 break; 7047 case VAR_DICT: 7048 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7049 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7050 break; 7051 case VAR_NUMBER: 7052 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7053 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 7054 break; 7055 case VAR_FLOAT: 7056 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7057 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 7058 break; 7059 #endif 7060 case VAR_JOB: 7061 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7062 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7063 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 7064 #endif 7065 break; 7066 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7067 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7068 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7069 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 7070 #endif 7071 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7072 break; 7073 } 7074 varp->v_lock = 0; 7075 } 7076 } 7077 7078 /* 7079 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 7080 */ 7081 void 7082 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 7083 { 7084 if (varp != NULL) 7085 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 7086 } 7087 7088 /* 7089 * Get the number value of a variable. 7090 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 7091 * For incompatible types, return 0. 7092 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 7093 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 7094 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 7095 */ 7096 varnumber_T 7097 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 7098 { 7099 int error = FALSE; 7100 7101 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 7102 } 7103 7104 varnumber_T 7105 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 7106 { 7107 varnumber_T n = 0L; 7108 7109 switch (varp->v_type) 7110 { 7111 case VAR_NUMBER: 7112 return varp->vval.v_number; 7113 case VAR_FLOAT: 7114 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7115 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 7116 break; 7117 #endif 7118 case VAR_FUNC: 7119 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7120 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 7121 break; 7122 case VAR_STRING: 7123 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7124 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 7125 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 7126 return n; 7127 case VAR_LIST: 7128 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 7129 break; 7130 case VAR_DICT: 7131 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 7132 break; 7133 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7134 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 7135 break; 7136 case VAR_JOB: 7137 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7138 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 7139 break; 7140 #endif 7141 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7142 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7143 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7144 break; 7145 #endif 7146 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7147 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7148 break; 7149 } 7150 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7151 n = -1; 7152 else 7153 *denote = TRUE; 7154 return n; 7155 } 7156 7157 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7158 float_T 7159 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7160 { 7161 switch (varp->v_type) 7162 { 7163 case VAR_NUMBER: 7164 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7165 case VAR_FLOAT: 7166 return varp->vval.v_float; 7167 case VAR_FUNC: 7168 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7169 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7170 break; 7171 case VAR_STRING: 7172 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7173 break; 7174 case VAR_LIST: 7175 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7176 break; 7177 case VAR_DICT: 7178 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7179 break; 7180 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7181 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7182 break; 7183 case VAR_JOB: 7184 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7185 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7186 break; 7187 # endif 7188 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7189 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7190 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7191 break; 7192 # endif 7193 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7194 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7195 break; 7196 } 7197 return 0; 7198 } 7199 #endif 7200 7201 /* 7202 * Get the string value of a variable. 7203 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7204 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7205 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7206 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7207 * Never returns NULL; 7208 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7209 * NULL on error. 7210 */ 7211 char_u * 7212 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7213 { 7214 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7215 7216 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7217 } 7218 7219 char_u * 7220 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7221 { 7222 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7223 7224 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7225 } 7226 7227 /* 7228 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7229 */ 7230 char_u * 7231 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7232 { 7233 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7234 7235 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7236 } 7237 7238 char_u * 7239 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7240 { 7241 switch (varp->v_type) 7242 { 7243 case VAR_NUMBER: 7244 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7245 (varnumber_T)varp->vval.v_number); 7246 return buf; 7247 case VAR_FUNC: 7248 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7249 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7250 break; 7251 case VAR_LIST: 7252 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7253 break; 7254 case VAR_DICT: 7255 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7256 break; 7257 case VAR_FLOAT: 7258 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7259 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7260 break; 7261 #endif 7262 case VAR_STRING: 7263 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7264 return varp->vval.v_string; 7265 return (char_u *)""; 7266 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7267 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7268 return buf; 7269 case VAR_JOB: 7270 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7271 { 7272 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7273 char *status; 7274 7275 if (job == NULL) 7276 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7277 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7278 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7279 : "run"; 7280 # ifdef UNIX 7281 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7282 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7283 # elif defined(WIN32) 7284 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7285 "process %ld %s", 7286 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7287 status); 7288 # else 7289 /* fall-back */ 7290 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7291 # endif 7292 return buf; 7293 } 7294 #endif 7295 break; 7296 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7297 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7298 { 7299 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7300 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7301 7302 if (channel == NULL) 7303 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7304 else 7305 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7306 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7307 return buf; 7308 } 7309 #endif 7310 break; 7311 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7312 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7313 break; 7314 } 7315 return NULL; 7316 } 7317 7318 /* 7319 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7320 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7321 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7322 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7323 * hashtab_T used. 7324 */ 7325 dictitem_T * 7326 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7327 { 7328 char_u *varname; 7329 hashtab_T *ht; 7330 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7331 7332 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7333 if (htp != NULL) 7334 *htp = ht; 7335 if (ht == NULL) 7336 return NULL; 7337 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7338 if (ret != NULL) 7339 return ret; 7340 7341 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7342 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7343 } 7344 7345 /* 7346 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7347 * Returns NULL if not found. 7348 */ 7349 dictitem_T * 7350 find_var_in_ht( 7351 hashtab_T *ht, 7352 int htname, 7353 char_u *varname, 7354 int no_autoload) 7355 { 7356 hashitem_T *hi; 7357 7358 if (*varname == NUL) 7359 { 7360 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7361 switch (htname) 7362 { 7363 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_SID)->sv_var; 7364 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7365 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7366 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7367 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7368 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7369 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7370 #endif 7371 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7372 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7373 } 7374 return NULL; 7375 } 7376 7377 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7378 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7379 { 7380 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7381 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7382 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7383 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7384 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7385 { 7386 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7387 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7388 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7389 return NULL; 7390 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7391 } 7392 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7393 return NULL; 7394 } 7395 return HI2DI(hi); 7396 } 7397 7398 /* 7399 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7400 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7401 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7402 */ 7403 hashtab_T * 7404 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7405 { 7406 hashitem_T *hi; 7407 hashtab_T *ht; 7408 7409 if (name[0] == NUL) 7410 return NULL; 7411 if (name[1] != ':') 7412 { 7413 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7414 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7415 return NULL; 7416 *varname = name; 7417 7418 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7419 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7420 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7421 return &compat_hashtab; 7422 7423 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7424 if (ht == NULL) 7425 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7426 return ht; /* local variable */ 7427 } 7428 *varname = name + 2; 7429 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7430 return &globvarht; 7431 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7432 */ 7433 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7434 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7435 return NULL; 7436 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7437 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7438 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7439 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7440 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7441 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7442 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7443 #endif 7444 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7445 return &vimvarht; 7446 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7447 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7448 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7449 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7450 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7451 && current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7452 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID); 7453 return NULL; 7454 } 7455 7456 /* 7457 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7458 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7459 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7460 */ 7461 char_u * 7462 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7463 { 7464 dictitem_T *v; 7465 7466 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7467 if (v == NULL) 7468 return NULL; 7469 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7470 } 7471 7472 /* 7473 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7474 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7475 */ 7476 void 7477 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7478 { 7479 int i; 7480 hashtab_T *ht; 7481 scriptvar_T *sv; 7482 7483 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7484 { 7485 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7486 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7487 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7488 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7489 { 7490 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7491 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7492 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7493 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7494 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7495 } 7496 7497 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7498 { 7499 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7500 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7501 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7502 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7503 } 7504 } 7505 } 7506 7507 /* 7508 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7509 * point to it. 7510 */ 7511 void 7512 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7513 { 7514 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7515 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7516 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7517 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7518 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7519 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7520 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7521 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7522 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7523 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7524 } 7525 7526 /* 7527 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7528 */ 7529 void 7530 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7531 { 7532 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7533 * normal reference counting. */ 7534 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7535 dict_unref(dict); 7536 } 7537 7538 /* 7539 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7540 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7541 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7542 */ 7543 void 7544 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7545 { 7546 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7547 } 7548 7549 /* 7550 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7551 */ 7552 void 7553 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7554 { 7555 int todo; 7556 hashitem_T *hi; 7557 dictitem_T *v; 7558 7559 hash_lock(ht); 7560 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7561 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7562 { 7563 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7564 { 7565 --todo; 7566 7567 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7568 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7569 * later. */ 7570 v = HI2DI(hi); 7571 if (free_val) 7572 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7573 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7574 vim_free(v); 7575 } 7576 } 7577 hash_clear(ht); 7578 ht->ht_used = 0; 7579 } 7580 7581 /* 7582 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7583 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7584 */ 7585 static void 7586 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7587 { 7588 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7589 7590 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7591 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7592 vim_free(di); 7593 } 7594 7595 /* 7596 * List the value of one internal variable. 7597 */ 7598 static void 7599 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7600 { 7601 char_u *tofree; 7602 char_u *s; 7603 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7604 7605 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7606 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7607 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7608 vim_free(tofree); 7609 } 7610 7611 static void 7612 list_one_var_a( 7613 char_u *prefix, 7614 char_u *name, 7615 int type, 7616 char_u *string, 7617 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7618 { 7619 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7620 msg_start(); 7621 msg_puts(prefix); 7622 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7623 msg_puts(name); 7624 msg_putchar(' '); 7625 msg_advance(22); 7626 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7627 msg_putchar('#'); 7628 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7629 msg_putchar('*'); 7630 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7631 { 7632 msg_putchar('['); 7633 if (*string == '[') 7634 ++string; 7635 } 7636 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7637 { 7638 msg_putchar('{'); 7639 if (*string == '{') 7640 ++string; 7641 } 7642 else 7643 msg_putchar(' '); 7644 7645 msg_outtrans(string); 7646 7647 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7648 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7649 if (*first) 7650 { 7651 msg_clr_eos(); 7652 *first = FALSE; 7653 } 7654 } 7655 7656 /* 7657 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7658 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7659 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7660 */ 7661 void 7662 set_var( 7663 char_u *name, 7664 typval_T *tv, 7665 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7666 { 7667 dictitem_T *v; 7668 char_u *varname; 7669 hashtab_T *ht; 7670 7671 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7672 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7673 { 7674 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7675 return; 7676 } 7677 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7678 7679 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7680 if (v == NULL) 7681 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7682 7683 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7684 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7685 return; 7686 7687 if (v != NULL) 7688 { 7689 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7690 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7691 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7692 return; 7693 7694 /* 7695 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7696 * prevent changing the type. 7697 */ 7698 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7699 { 7700 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7701 { 7702 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7703 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7704 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7705 else 7706 { 7707 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7708 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7709 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7710 } 7711 return; 7712 } 7713 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7714 { 7715 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7716 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7717 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7718 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7719 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7720 { 7721 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7722 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7723 } 7724 #endif 7725 return; 7726 } 7727 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7728 internal_error("set_var()"); 7729 } 7730 7731 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7732 } 7733 else /* add a new variable */ 7734 { 7735 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7736 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7737 { 7738 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7739 return; 7740 } 7741 7742 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7743 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7744 return; 7745 7746 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7747 + STRLEN(varname))); 7748 if (v == NULL) 7749 return; 7750 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7751 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7752 { 7753 vim_free(v); 7754 return; 7755 } 7756 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7757 } 7758 7759 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7760 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7761 else 7762 { 7763 v->di_tv = *tv; 7764 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7765 init_tv(tv); 7766 } 7767 } 7768 7769 /* 7770 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7771 * Also give an error message. 7772 */ 7773 int 7774 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7775 { 7776 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7777 { 7778 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7779 return TRUE; 7780 } 7781 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7782 { 7783 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7784 return TRUE; 7785 } 7786 return FALSE; 7787 } 7788 7789 /* 7790 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7791 * Also give an error message. 7792 */ 7793 int 7794 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7795 { 7796 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7797 { 7798 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7799 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7800 return TRUE; 7801 } 7802 return FALSE; 7803 } 7804 7805 /* 7806 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7807 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7808 */ 7809 int 7810 var_check_func_name( 7811 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7812 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7813 { 7814 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7815 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7816 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7817 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7818 { 7819 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7820 name); 7821 return TRUE; 7822 } 7823 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7824 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7825 * below. */ 7826 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7827 { 7828 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7829 name); 7830 return TRUE; 7831 } 7832 return FALSE; 7833 } 7834 7835 /* 7836 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7837 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7838 */ 7839 int 7840 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7841 { 7842 char_u *p; 7843 7844 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7845 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7846 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7847 { 7848 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7849 return FALSE; 7850 } 7851 return TRUE; 7852 } 7853 7854 /* 7855 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7856 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7857 * TRUE. 7858 */ 7859 int 7860 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7861 { 7862 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7863 { 7864 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7865 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7866 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7867 : name); 7868 return TRUE; 7869 } 7870 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7871 { 7872 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7873 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7874 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7875 : name); 7876 return TRUE; 7877 } 7878 return FALSE; 7879 } 7880 7881 /* 7882 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7883 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7884 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7885 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7886 * make a copy later. 7887 */ 7888 void 7889 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7890 { 7891 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7892 to->v_lock = 0; 7893 switch (from->v_type) 7894 { 7895 case VAR_NUMBER: 7896 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7897 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7898 break; 7899 case VAR_FLOAT: 7900 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7901 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7902 break; 7903 #endif 7904 case VAR_JOB: 7905 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7906 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7907 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7908 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7909 break; 7910 #endif 7911 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7912 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7913 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7914 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7915 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7916 break; 7917 #endif 7918 case VAR_STRING: 7919 case VAR_FUNC: 7920 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7921 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7922 else 7923 { 7924 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7925 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7926 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7927 } 7928 break; 7929 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7930 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7931 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7932 else 7933 { 7934 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7935 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7936 } 7937 break; 7938 case VAR_LIST: 7939 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7940 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7941 else 7942 { 7943 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7944 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7945 } 7946 break; 7947 case VAR_DICT: 7948 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7949 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7950 else 7951 { 7952 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7953 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7954 } 7955 break; 7956 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7957 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7958 break; 7959 } 7960 } 7961 7962 /* 7963 * Make a copy of an item. 7964 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7965 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7966 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7967 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7968 */ 7969 int 7970 item_copy( 7971 typval_T *from, 7972 typval_T *to, 7973 int deep, 7974 int copyID) 7975 { 7976 static int recurse = 0; 7977 int ret = OK; 7978 7979 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7980 { 7981 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7982 return FAIL; 7983 } 7984 ++recurse; 7985 7986 switch (from->v_type) 7987 { 7988 case VAR_NUMBER: 7989 case VAR_FLOAT: 7990 case VAR_STRING: 7991 case VAR_FUNC: 7992 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7993 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7994 case VAR_JOB: 7995 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7996 copy_tv(from, to); 7997 break; 7998 case VAR_LIST: 7999 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 8000 to->v_lock = 0; 8001 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 8002 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 8003 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 8004 { 8005 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8006 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 8007 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 8008 } 8009 else 8010 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 8011 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 8012 ret = FAIL; 8013 break; 8014 case VAR_DICT: 8015 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 8016 to->v_lock = 0; 8017 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8018 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 8019 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 8020 { 8021 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8022 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 8023 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 8024 } 8025 else 8026 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 8027 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8028 ret = FAIL; 8029 break; 8030 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8031 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 8032 ret = FAIL; 8033 } 8034 --recurse; 8035 return ret; 8036 } 8037 8038 /* 8039 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 8040 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 8041 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 8042 * when the user cancels the prompt. 8043 */ 8044 void 8045 get_user_input( 8046 typval_T *argvars, 8047 typval_T *rettv, 8048 int inputdialog, 8049 int secret) 8050 { 8051 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 8052 char_u *p = NULL; 8053 int c; 8054 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8055 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 8056 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 8057 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8058 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 8059 8060 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8061 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8062 8063 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 8064 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. */ 8065 if (no_console_input()) 8066 return; 8067 #endif 8068 8069 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 8070 if (prompt != NULL) 8071 { 8072 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 8073 * prompt for the command line */ 8074 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 8075 if (p == NULL) 8076 p = prompt; 8077 else 8078 { 8079 ++p; 8080 c = *p; 8081 *p = NUL; 8082 msg_start(); 8083 msg_clr_eos(); 8084 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 8085 msg_didout = FALSE; 8086 msg_starthere(); 8087 *p = c; 8088 } 8089 cmdline_row = msg_row; 8090 8091 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8092 { 8093 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 8094 if (defstr != NULL) 8095 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 8096 8097 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8098 { 8099 char_u *xp_name; 8100 int xp_namelen; 8101 long argt; 8102 8103 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 8104 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8105 8106 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 8107 if (xp_name == NULL) 8108 return; 8109 8110 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 8111 8112 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 8113 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 8114 return; 8115 } 8116 } 8117 8118 if (defstr != NULL) 8119 { 8120 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 8121 ex_normal_busy = 0; 8122 rettv->vval.v_string = 8123 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 8124 xp_type, xp_arg); 8125 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 8126 } 8127 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 8128 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 8129 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8130 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 8131 &argvars[2], buf)); 8132 8133 vim_free(xp_arg); 8134 8135 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 8136 need_wait_return = FALSE; 8137 msg_didout = FALSE; 8138 } 8139 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 8140 } 8141 8142 /* 8143 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 8144 * newline at the end. 8145 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8146 */ 8147 void 8148 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8149 { 8150 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8151 typval_T rettv; 8152 char_u *tofree; 8153 char_u *p; 8154 int needclr = TRUE; 8155 int atstart = TRUE; 8156 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8157 8158 if (eap->skip) 8159 ++emsg_skip; 8160 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8161 { 8162 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8163 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8164 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8165 8166 p = arg; 8167 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8168 { 8169 /* 8170 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8171 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8172 * exception. 8173 */ 8174 if (!aborting()) 8175 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8176 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8177 break; 8178 } 8179 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8180 8181 if (!eap->skip) 8182 { 8183 if (atstart) 8184 { 8185 atstart = FALSE; 8186 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8187 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8188 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8189 { 8190 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8191 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8192 * at the more prompt. */ 8193 msg_sb_eol(); 8194 msg_start(); 8195 } 8196 } 8197 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8198 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8199 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8200 if (p != NULL) 8201 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8202 { 8203 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8204 { 8205 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8206 { 8207 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8208 msg_clr_eos(); 8209 needclr = FALSE; 8210 } 8211 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8212 } 8213 else 8214 { 8215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8216 if (has_mbyte) 8217 { 8218 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8219 8220 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8221 p += i - 1; 8222 } 8223 else 8224 #endif 8225 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8226 } 8227 } 8228 vim_free(tofree); 8229 } 8230 clear_tv(&rettv); 8231 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8232 } 8233 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8234 8235 if (eap->skip) 8236 --emsg_skip; 8237 else 8238 { 8239 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8240 if (needclr) 8241 msg_clr_eos(); 8242 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8243 msg_end(); 8244 } 8245 } 8246 8247 /* 8248 * ":echohl {name}". 8249 */ 8250 void 8251 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8252 { 8253 int id; 8254 8255 id = syn_name2id(eap->arg); 8256 if (id == 0) 8257 echo_attr = 0; 8258 else 8259 echo_attr = syn_id2attr(id); 8260 } 8261 8262 /* 8263 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8264 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8265 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8266 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8267 * echo commands 8268 */ 8269 void 8270 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8271 { 8272 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8273 typval_T rettv; 8274 int ret = OK; 8275 char_u *p; 8276 garray_T ga; 8277 int len; 8278 int save_did_emsg; 8279 8280 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8281 8282 if (eap->skip) 8283 ++emsg_skip; 8284 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8285 { 8286 p = arg; 8287 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8288 { 8289 /* 8290 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8291 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8292 * exception. 8293 */ 8294 if (!aborting()) 8295 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8296 ret = FAIL; 8297 break; 8298 } 8299 8300 if (!eap->skip) 8301 { 8302 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8303 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8304 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8305 { 8306 clear_tv(&rettv); 8307 ret = FAIL; 8308 break; 8309 } 8310 if (ga.ga_len) 8311 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8312 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8313 ga.ga_len += len; 8314 } 8315 8316 clear_tv(&rettv); 8317 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8318 } 8319 8320 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8321 { 8322 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8323 { 8324 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8325 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8326 * more prompt. */ 8327 msg_sb_eol(); 8328 msg_start(); 8329 } 8330 8331 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8332 { 8333 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8334 out_flush(); 8335 } 8336 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8337 { 8338 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8339 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8340 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8341 if (!force_abort) 8342 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8343 } 8344 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8345 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8346 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8347 } 8348 8349 ga_clear(&ga); 8350 8351 if (eap->skip) 8352 --emsg_skip; 8353 8354 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8355 } 8356 8357 /* 8358 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8359 */ 8360 win_T * 8361 find_win_by_nr( 8362 typval_T *vp, 8363 tabpage_T *tp UNUSED) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8364 { 8365 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8366 win_T *wp; 8367 #endif 8368 int nr; 8369 8370 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8371 8372 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8373 if (nr < 0) 8374 return NULL; 8375 if (nr == 0) 8376 return curwin; 8377 8378 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8379 { 8380 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8381 { 8382 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8383 return wp; 8384 } 8385 else if (--nr <= 0) 8386 break; 8387 } 8388 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8389 return NULL; 8390 return wp; 8391 #else 8392 if (nr == 0 || nr == 1 || nr == curwin->w_id) 8393 return curwin; 8394 return NULL; 8395 #endif 8396 } 8397 8398 /* 8399 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8400 */ 8401 win_T * 8402 find_tabwin( 8403 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8404 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8405 { 8406 win_T *wp = NULL; 8407 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8408 long n; 8409 8410 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8411 { 8412 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8413 { 8414 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8415 if (n >= 0) 8416 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8417 } 8418 else 8419 tp = curtab; 8420 8421 if (tp != NULL) 8422 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8423 } 8424 else 8425 wp = curwin; 8426 8427 return wp; 8428 } 8429 8430 /* 8431 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8432 */ 8433 void 8434 getwinvar( 8435 typval_T *argvars, 8436 typval_T *rettv, 8437 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8438 { 8439 win_T *win; 8440 char_u *varname; 8441 dictitem_T *v; 8442 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8443 int done = FALSE; 8444 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8445 win_T *oldcurwin; 8446 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8447 int need_switch_win; 8448 #endif 8449 8450 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8451 if (off == 1) 8452 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8453 else 8454 tp = curtab; 8455 #endif 8456 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8457 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8458 ++emsg_off; 8459 8460 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8461 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8462 8463 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8464 { 8465 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8466 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8467 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8468 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8469 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8470 if (!need_switch_win 8471 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8472 #endif 8473 { 8474 if (*varname == '&') 8475 { 8476 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8477 { 8478 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8479 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8480 8481 if (opts != NULL) 8482 { 8483 rettv->v_type = VAR_DICT; 8484 rettv->vval.v_dict = opts; 8485 ++opts->dv_refcount; 8486 done = TRUE; 8487 } 8488 } 8489 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8490 /* window-local-option */ 8491 done = TRUE; 8492 } 8493 else 8494 { 8495 /* Look up the variable. */ 8496 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8497 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8498 varname, FALSE); 8499 if (v != NULL) 8500 { 8501 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8502 done = TRUE; 8503 } 8504 } 8505 } 8506 8507 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8508 if (need_switch_win) 8509 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8510 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8511 #endif 8512 } 8513 8514 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8515 /* use the default return value */ 8516 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8517 8518 --emsg_off; 8519 } 8520 8521 /* 8522 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8523 */ 8524 void 8525 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8526 { 8527 win_T *win; 8528 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8529 win_T *save_curwin; 8530 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8531 int need_switch_win; 8532 #endif 8533 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8534 typval_T *varp; 8535 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8536 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8537 8538 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8539 return; 8540 8541 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8542 if (off == 1) 8543 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8544 else 8545 tp = curtab; 8546 #endif 8547 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8548 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8549 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8550 8551 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8552 { 8553 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8554 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8555 if (!need_switch_win 8556 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8557 #endif 8558 { 8559 if (*varname == '&') 8560 { 8561 long numval; 8562 char_u *strval; 8563 int error = FALSE; 8564 8565 ++varname; 8566 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8567 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8568 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8569 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8570 } 8571 else 8572 { 8573 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8574 if (winvarname != NULL) 8575 { 8576 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8577 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8578 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8579 vim_free(winvarname); 8580 } 8581 } 8582 } 8583 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8584 if (need_switch_win) 8585 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8586 #endif 8587 } 8588 } 8589 8590 /* 8591 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8592 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8593 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8594 * after the option name. 8595 */ 8596 static char_u * 8597 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8598 { 8599 char_u *p = *arg; 8600 8601 ++p; 8602 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8603 { 8604 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8605 p += 2; 8606 } 8607 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8608 { 8609 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8610 p += 2; 8611 } 8612 else 8613 *opt_flags = 0; 8614 8615 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8616 return NULL; 8617 *arg = p; 8618 8619 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8620 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8621 else 8622 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8623 ++p; 8624 return p; 8625 } 8626 8627 /* 8628 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8629 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8630 */ 8631 char_u * 8632 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8633 { 8634 char_u *p; 8635 char_u *scriptname; 8636 8637 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8638 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8639 if (scriptname == NULL) 8640 return FALSE; 8641 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8642 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8643 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8644 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8645 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8646 *p = '/'; 8647 return scriptname; 8648 } 8649 8650 /* 8651 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8652 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8653 */ 8654 int 8655 script_autoload( 8656 char_u *name, 8657 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8658 { 8659 char_u *p; 8660 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8661 int ret = FALSE; 8662 int i; 8663 8664 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8665 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8666 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8667 return FALSE; 8668 8669 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8670 8671 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8672 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8673 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8674 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8675 break; 8676 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8677 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8678 else 8679 { 8680 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8681 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8682 { 8683 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8684 tofree = NULL; 8685 } 8686 8687 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8688 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8689 ret = TRUE; 8690 } 8691 8692 vim_free(tofree); 8693 return ret; 8694 } 8695 8696 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8697 typedef enum 8698 { 8699 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8700 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8701 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8702 } var_flavour_T; 8703 8704 static var_flavour_T var_flavour(char_u *varname); 8705 8706 static var_flavour_T 8707 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8708 { 8709 char_u *p = varname; 8710 8711 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8712 { 8713 while (*(++p)) 8714 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8715 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8716 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8717 } 8718 else 8719 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8720 } 8721 #endif 8722 8723 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8724 /* 8725 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8726 */ 8727 int 8728 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8729 { 8730 char_u *tab; 8731 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8732 typval_T tv; 8733 void *save_funccal; 8734 8735 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8736 { 8737 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8738 if (tab != NULL) 8739 { 8740 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8741 switch (*tab) 8742 { 8743 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8744 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8745 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8746 #endif 8747 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8748 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8749 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8750 } 8751 8752 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8753 if (tab != NULL) 8754 { 8755 tv.v_type = type; 8756 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8757 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8758 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8759 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8760 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8761 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8762 #endif 8763 else 8764 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8765 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8766 { 8767 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8768 8769 if (etv == NULL) 8770 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8771 * string. */ 8772 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8773 else 8774 { 8775 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8776 tv = *etv; 8777 vim_free(etv); 8778 } 8779 } 8780 8781 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8782 save_funccal = clear_current_funccal(); 8783 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8784 restore_current_funccal(save_funccal); 8785 8786 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8787 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8788 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8789 clear_tv(&tv); 8790 } 8791 } 8792 } 8793 8794 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8795 } 8796 8797 /* 8798 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8799 */ 8800 void 8801 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8802 { 8803 hashitem_T *hi; 8804 dictitem_T *this_var; 8805 int todo; 8806 char *s = ""; 8807 char_u *p; 8808 char_u *tofree; 8809 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8810 8811 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8812 return; 8813 8814 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8815 8816 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8817 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8818 { 8819 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8820 { 8821 --todo; 8822 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8823 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8824 { 8825 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8826 { 8827 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8828 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8829 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8830 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8831 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8832 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8833 8834 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8835 case VAR_FUNC: 8836 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8837 case VAR_JOB: 8838 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8839 continue; 8840 } 8841 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8842 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8843 if (p != NULL) 8844 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8845 vim_free(tofree); 8846 } 8847 } 8848 } 8849 } 8850 #endif 8851 8852 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8853 int 8854 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8855 { 8856 hashitem_T *hi; 8857 dictitem_T *this_var; 8858 int todo; 8859 char_u *p, *t; 8860 8861 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8862 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8863 { 8864 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8865 { 8866 --todo; 8867 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8868 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8869 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8870 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8871 { 8872 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8873 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8874 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8875 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8876 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8877 break; 8878 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8879 if (*t == '\n') 8880 *t = 'n'; 8881 else if (*t == '\r') 8882 *t = 'r'; 8883 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8884 this_var->di_key, 8885 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8886 : ' ', 8887 p, 8888 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8889 : ' ') < 0) 8890 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8891 { 8892 vim_free(p); 8893 return FAIL; 8894 } 8895 vim_free(p); 8896 } 8897 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8898 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8899 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8900 { 8901 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8902 int sign = ' '; 8903 8904 if (f < 0) 8905 { 8906 f = -f; 8907 sign = '-'; 8908 } 8909 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8910 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8911 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8912 return FAIL; 8913 } 8914 #endif 8915 } 8916 } 8917 return OK; 8918 } 8919 #endif 8920 8921 /* 8922 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8923 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8924 */ 8925 void 8926 last_set_msg(scid_T scriptID) 8927 { 8928 char_u *p; 8929 8930 if (scriptID != 0) 8931 { 8932 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(scriptID)); 8933 if (p != NULL) 8934 { 8935 verbose_enter(); 8936 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8937 MSG_PUTS(p); 8938 vim_free(p); 8939 verbose_leave(); 8940 } 8941 } 8942 } 8943 8944 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8945 void 8946 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8947 { 8948 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8949 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8950 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8951 } 8952 8953 /* 8954 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8955 */ 8956 void 8957 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8958 { 8959 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8960 8961 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 8962 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 8963 { 8964 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 8965 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8966 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 8967 } 8968 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8969 { 8970 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 8971 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 8972 } 8973 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 8974 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 8975 } 8976 8977 /* 8978 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 8979 */ 8980 void 8981 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8982 { 8983 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 8984 8985 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 8986 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 8987 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 8988 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 8989 } 8990 8991 void 8992 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8993 { 8994 garray_T ga; 8995 8996 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 8997 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 8998 { 8999 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9000 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9001 atype); 9002 assert_error(&ga); 9003 ga_clear(&ga); 9004 } 9005 } 9006 9007 void 9008 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9009 { 9010 garray_T ga; 9011 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 9012 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9013 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 9014 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 9015 9016 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 9017 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 9018 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 9019 { 9020 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9021 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9022 atype); 9023 assert_error(&ga); 9024 ga_clear(&ga); 9025 } 9026 } 9027 9028 void 9029 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 9030 { 9031 garray_T ga; 9032 int error = FALSE; 9033 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 9034 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 9035 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 9036 char_u *tofree; 9037 char msg[200]; 9038 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9039 9040 if (error) 9041 return; 9042 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 9043 { 9044 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9045 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9046 { 9047 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9048 vim_free(tofree); 9049 } 9050 else 9051 { 9052 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 9053 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 9054 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 9055 } 9056 assert_error(&ga); 9057 ga_clear(&ga); 9058 } 9059 } 9060 9061 /* 9062 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 9063 */ 9064 void 9065 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 9066 { 9067 int error = FALSE; 9068 garray_T ga; 9069 9070 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 9071 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 9072 return; 9073 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 9074 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 9075 || error) 9076 { 9077 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9078 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 9079 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 9080 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 9081 assert_error(&ga); 9082 ga_clear(&ga); 9083 } 9084 } 9085 9086 void 9087 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 9088 { 9089 garray_T ga; 9090 9091 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9092 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 9093 assert_error(&ga); 9094 ga_clear(&ga); 9095 } 9096 9097 void 9098 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9099 { 9100 garray_T ga; 9101 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9102 9103 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9104 { 9105 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9106 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9107 assert_error(&ga); 9108 ga_clear(&ga); 9109 } 9110 else if (error != NULL 9111 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9112 { 9113 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9114 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9115 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9116 assert_error(&ga); 9117 ga_clear(&ga); 9118 } 9119 } 9120 9121 void 9122 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9123 { 9124 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9125 garray_T ga; 9126 9127 called_emsg = FALSE; 9128 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9129 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9130 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9131 if (!called_emsg) 9132 { 9133 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9134 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9135 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9136 assert_error(&ga); 9137 ga_clear(&ga); 9138 } 9139 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9140 { 9141 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9142 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9143 9144 if (error == NULL 9145 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9146 { 9147 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9148 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9149 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9150 assert_error(&ga); 9151 ga_clear(&ga); 9152 } 9153 } 9154 9155 called_emsg = FALSE; 9156 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9157 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9158 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9159 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9160 } 9161 9162 /* 9163 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9164 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9165 */ 9166 static void 9167 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9168 { 9169 char_u *p; 9170 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9171 9172 if (str == NULL) 9173 { 9174 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9175 return; 9176 } 9177 9178 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9179 switch (*p) 9180 { 9181 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9182 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9183 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9184 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9185 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9186 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9187 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9188 default: 9189 if (*p < ' ') 9190 { 9191 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9192 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9193 } 9194 else 9195 ga_append(gap, *p); 9196 break; 9197 } 9198 } 9199 9200 /* 9201 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9202 */ 9203 void 9204 fill_assert_error( 9205 garray_T *gap, 9206 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9207 char_u *exp_str, 9208 typval_T *exp_tv, 9209 typval_T *got_tv, 9210 assert_type_T atype) 9211 { 9212 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9213 char_u *tofree; 9214 9215 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9216 { 9217 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9218 vim_free(tofree); 9219 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9220 } 9221 9222 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9223 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9224 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9225 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9226 else 9227 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9228 if (exp_str == NULL) 9229 { 9230 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9231 vim_free(tofree); 9232 } 9233 else 9234 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9235 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9236 { 9237 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9238 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9239 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9240 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9241 else 9242 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9243 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9244 vim_free(tofree); 9245 } 9246 } 9247 9248 9249 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9250 9251 9252 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9253 9254 #ifdef WIN3264 9255 /* 9256 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9257 */ 9258 static int get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9259 static int shortpath_for_invalid_fname(char_u **fname, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9260 static int shortpath_for_partial(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9261 9262 /* 9263 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9264 * Only works for a valid file name. 9265 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9266 * is put in "bufp". 9267 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9268 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9269 */ 9270 static int 9271 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9272 { 9273 int l, len; 9274 char_u *newbuf; 9275 9276 len = *fnamelen; 9277 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9278 if (l > len - 1) 9279 { 9280 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9281 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9282 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9283 if (newbuf == NULL) 9284 return FAIL; 9285 9286 vim_free(*bufp); 9287 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9288 9289 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9290 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9291 } 9292 9293 *fnamelen = l; 9294 return OK; 9295 } 9296 9297 /* 9298 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9299 * path is returned in "bufp". 9300 * 9301 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9302 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9303 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9304 * 9305 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9306 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9307 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9308 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9309 * 9310 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9311 */ 9312 static int 9313 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9314 char_u **fname, 9315 char_u **bufp, 9316 int *fnamelen) 9317 { 9318 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9319 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9320 char_u ch; 9321 int old_len, len; 9322 int new_len, sfx_len; 9323 int retval = OK; 9324 9325 /* Make a copy */ 9326 old_len = *fnamelen; 9327 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9328 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9329 short_fname = NULL; 9330 9331 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9332 save_endp = endp; 9333 9334 /* 9335 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9336 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9337 */ 9338 len = 0; 9339 for (;;) 9340 { 9341 /* go back one path-separator */ 9342 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9343 --endp; 9344 if (endp <= save_fname) 9345 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9346 9347 /* 9348 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9349 * resulting path. 9350 */ 9351 ch = *endp; 9352 *endp = 0; 9353 short_fname = save_fname; 9354 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9355 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9356 { 9357 retval = FAIL; 9358 goto theend; 9359 } 9360 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9361 9362 if (len > 0) 9363 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9364 9365 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9366 --endp; 9367 } 9368 9369 if (len > 0) 9370 { 9371 /* 9372 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9373 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9374 */ 9375 9376 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9377 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9378 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9379 9380 *fnamelen = new_len; 9381 vim_free(*bufp); 9382 if (new_len > old_len) 9383 { 9384 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9385 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9386 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9387 if (*fname == NULL) 9388 { 9389 retval = FAIL; 9390 goto theend; 9391 } 9392 } 9393 else 9394 { 9395 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9396 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9397 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9398 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9399 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9400 save_fname = NULL; 9401 } 9402 9403 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9404 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9405 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9406 } 9407 9408 theend: 9409 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9410 vim_free(save_fname); 9411 9412 return retval; 9413 } 9414 9415 /* 9416 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9417 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9418 */ 9419 static int 9420 shortpath_for_partial( 9421 char_u **fnamep, 9422 char_u **bufp, 9423 int *fnamelen) 9424 { 9425 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9426 char_u *p; 9427 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9428 int hasTilde; 9429 9430 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9431 * of the path to return. */ 9432 sepcount = 0; 9433 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9434 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9435 ++sepcount; 9436 9437 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9438 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9439 if (hasTilde) 9440 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9441 else 9442 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9443 9444 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9445 9446 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9447 return FAIL; 9448 9449 if (len == 0) 9450 { 9451 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9452 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9453 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9454 */ 9455 len = tflen; 9456 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9457 return FAIL; 9458 } 9459 9460 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9461 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9462 { 9463 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9464 if (has_mbyte) 9465 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9466 #endif 9467 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9468 { 9469 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9470 break; 9471 else 9472 sepcount --; 9473 } 9474 } 9475 if (hasTilde) 9476 { 9477 --p; 9478 if (p >= tfname) 9479 *p = '~'; 9480 else 9481 return FAIL; 9482 } 9483 else 9484 ++p; 9485 9486 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9487 vim_free(*bufp); 9488 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9489 *bufp = pbuf; 9490 *fnamep = p; 9491 9492 return OK; 9493 } 9494 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9495 9496 /* 9497 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9498 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9499 * determined by *fnamelen. 9500 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9501 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9502 */ 9503 int 9504 modify_fname( 9505 char_u *src, /* string with modifiers */ 9506 int *usedlen, /* characters after src that are used */ 9507 char_u **fnamep, /* file name so far */ 9508 char_u **bufp, /* buffer for allocated file name or NULL */ 9509 int *fnamelen) /* length of fnamep */ 9510 { 9511 int valid = 0; 9512 char_u *tail; 9513 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9514 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9515 int c; 9516 int has_fullname = 0; 9517 #ifdef WIN3264 9518 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9519 int has_shortname = 0; 9520 #endif 9521 9522 repeat: 9523 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9524 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9525 { 9526 has_fullname = 1; 9527 9528 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9529 *usedlen += 2; 9530 9531 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9532 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9533 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9534 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9535 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9536 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9537 # endif 9538 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9539 9540 #endif 9541 ) 9542 { 9543 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9544 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9545 *bufp = *fnamep; 9546 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9547 return -1; 9548 } 9549 9550 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9551 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9552 { 9553 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9554 && p[1] == '.' 9555 && (p[2] == NUL 9556 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9557 || (p[2] == '.' 9558 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9559 break; 9560 } 9561 9562 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9563 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9564 { 9565 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9566 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9567 *bufp = *fnamep; 9568 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9569 return -1; 9570 } 9571 9572 #ifdef WIN3264 9573 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9574 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9575 { 9576 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9577 * file does not have two different names. 9578 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9579 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9580 if (p != NULL) 9581 { 9582 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9583 { 9584 vim_free(*bufp); 9585 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9586 } 9587 else 9588 vim_free(p); 9589 } 9590 } 9591 # endif 9592 #endif 9593 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9594 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9595 { 9596 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9597 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9598 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9599 *bufp = *fnamep; 9600 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9601 return -1; 9602 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9603 } 9604 } 9605 9606 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9607 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9608 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9609 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9610 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9611 { 9612 *usedlen += 2; 9613 if (c == '8') 9614 { 9615 #ifdef WIN3264 9616 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9617 #endif 9618 continue; 9619 } 9620 pbuf = NULL; 9621 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9622 if (!has_fullname) 9623 { 9624 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9625 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9626 else 9627 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9628 } 9629 else 9630 p = *fnamep; 9631 9632 has_fullname = 0; 9633 9634 if (p != NULL) 9635 { 9636 if (c == '.') 9637 { 9638 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9639 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9640 if (s != NULL) 9641 { 9642 *fnamep = s; 9643 if (pbuf != NULL) 9644 { 9645 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9646 *bufp = pbuf; 9647 pbuf = NULL; 9648 } 9649 } 9650 } 9651 else 9652 { 9653 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9654 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9655 if (*dirname == '~') 9656 { 9657 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9658 if (s != NULL) 9659 { 9660 *fnamep = s; 9661 vim_free(*bufp); 9662 *bufp = s; 9663 } 9664 } 9665 } 9666 vim_free(pbuf); 9667 } 9668 } 9669 9670 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9671 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9672 9673 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9674 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9675 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9676 { 9677 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9678 *usedlen += 2; 9679 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9680 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9681 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9682 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9683 #ifdef VMS 9684 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9685 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9686 #endif 9687 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9688 { 9689 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9690 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9691 if (p == NULL) 9692 return -1; 9693 vim_free(*bufp); 9694 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9695 *fnamelen = 1; 9696 } 9697 else 9698 { 9699 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9700 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9701 } 9702 } 9703 9704 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9705 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9706 { 9707 *usedlen += 2; 9708 #ifdef WIN3264 9709 has_shortname = 1; 9710 #endif 9711 } 9712 9713 #ifdef WIN3264 9714 /* 9715 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9716 */ 9717 if (has_shortname) 9718 { 9719 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9720 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9721 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9722 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9723 { 9724 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9725 if (p == NULL) 9726 return -1; 9727 vim_free(*bufp); 9728 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9729 } 9730 9731 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9732 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9733 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9734 { 9735 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9736 return -1; 9737 } 9738 else 9739 { 9740 int l = *fnamelen; 9741 9742 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9743 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9744 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9745 return -1; 9746 9747 if (l == 0) 9748 { 9749 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9750 l = *fnamelen; 9751 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9752 return -1; 9753 } 9754 *fnamelen = l; 9755 } 9756 } 9757 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9758 9759 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9760 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9761 { 9762 *usedlen += 2; 9763 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9764 *fnamep = tail; 9765 } 9766 9767 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9768 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9769 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9770 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9771 { 9772 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9773 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9774 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9775 */ 9776 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9777 s = *fnamep - 2; 9778 else 9779 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9780 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9781 if (s[0] == '.') 9782 break; 9783 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9784 { 9785 if (s > tail) 9786 { 9787 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9788 *fnamep = s + 1; 9789 #ifdef VMS 9790 /* cut version from the extension */ 9791 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9792 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9793 if (s[0] == ';') 9794 break; 9795 if (s > *fnamep) 9796 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9797 #endif 9798 } 9799 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9800 *fnamelen = 0; 9801 } 9802 else /* :r */ 9803 { 9804 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 9805 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 9806 } 9807 *usedlen += 2; 9808 } 9809 9810 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 9811 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 9812 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9813 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 9814 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 9815 { 9816 char_u *str; 9817 char_u *pat; 9818 char_u *sub; 9819 int sep; 9820 char_u *flags; 9821 int didit = FALSE; 9822 9823 flags = (char_u *)""; 9824 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 9825 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 9826 { 9827 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 9828 ++s; 9829 } 9830 9831 sep = *s++; 9832 if (sep) 9833 { 9834 /* find end of pattern */ 9835 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 9836 if (p != NULL) 9837 { 9838 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 9839 if (pat != NULL) 9840 { 9841 s = p + 1; 9842 /* find end of substitution */ 9843 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 9844 if (p != NULL) 9845 { 9846 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 9847 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9848 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 9849 { 9850 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 9851 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 9852 if (s != NULL) 9853 { 9854 *fnamep = s; 9855 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 9856 vim_free(*bufp); 9857 *bufp = s; 9858 didit = TRUE; 9859 } 9860 } 9861 vim_free(sub); 9862 vim_free(str); 9863 } 9864 vim_free(pat); 9865 } 9866 } 9867 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 9868 if (didit) 9869 goto repeat; 9870 } 9871 } 9872 9873 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 9874 { 9875 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 9876 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 9877 if (c != NUL) 9878 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 9879 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 9880 if (c != NUL) 9881 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 9882 if (p == NULL) 9883 return -1; 9884 vim_free(*bufp); 9885 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9886 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9887 *usedlen += 2; 9888 } 9889 9890 return valid; 9891 } 9892 9893 /* 9894 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 9895 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 9896 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 9897 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 9898 */ 9899 char_u * 9900 do_string_sub( 9901 char_u *str, 9902 char_u *pat, 9903 char_u *sub, 9904 typval_T *expr, 9905 char_u *flags) 9906 { 9907 int sublen; 9908 regmatch_T regmatch; 9909 int i; 9910 int do_all; 9911 char_u *tail; 9912 char_u *end; 9913 garray_T ga; 9914 char_u *ret; 9915 char_u *save_cpo; 9916 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 9917 9918 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 9919 save_cpo = p_cpo; 9920 p_cpo = empty_option; 9921 9922 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 9923 9924 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 9925 9926 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 9927 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 9928 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 9929 { 9930 tail = str; 9931 end = str + STRLEN(str); 9932 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 9933 { 9934 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 9935 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 9936 { 9937 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 9938 { 9939 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 9940 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 9941 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 9942 (size_t)i); 9943 ga.ga_len += i; 9944 tail += i; 9945 continue; 9946 } 9947 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 9948 } 9949 9950 /* 9951 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 9952 * into. It will contain: 9953 * - The text up to where the match is. 9954 * - The substituted text. 9955 * - The text after the match. 9956 */ 9957 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 9958 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 9959 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 9960 { 9961 ga_clear(&ga); 9962 break; 9963 } 9964 9965 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 9966 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 9967 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 9968 /* add the substituted text */ 9969 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 9970 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 9971 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 9972 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 9973 if (*tail == NUL) 9974 break; 9975 if (!do_all) 9976 break; 9977 } 9978 9979 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 9980 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 9981 9982 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 9983 } 9984 9985 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 9986 ga_clear(&ga); 9987 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 9988 p_cpo = save_cpo; 9989 else 9990 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 9991 free_string_option(save_cpo); 9992 9993 return ret; 9994 } 9995 9996 static int 9997 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 9998 { 9999 typval_T rettv; 10000 typval_T argv[3]; 10001 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 10002 char_u *s; 10003 int retval = FAIL; 10004 int dummy; 10005 10006 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10007 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10008 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10009 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 10010 { 10011 s = expr->vval.v_string; 10012 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), &rettv, 2, argv, NULL, 10013 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 10014 goto theend; 10015 } 10016 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 10017 { 10018 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 10019 10020 s = partial_name(partial); 10021 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), &rettv, 2, argv, NULL, 10022 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 10023 goto theend; 10024 } 10025 else 10026 { 10027 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 10028 if (s == NULL) 10029 goto theend; 10030 s = skipwhite(s); 10031 if (eval1(&s, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 10032 goto theend; 10033 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 10034 { 10035 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 10036 goto theend; 10037 } 10038 } 10039 if (map) 10040 { 10041 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10042 clear_tv(tv); 10043 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10044 *tv = rettv; 10045 } 10046 else 10047 { 10048 int error = FALSE; 10049 10050 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10051 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10052 clear_tv(&rettv); 10053 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10054 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10055 if (error) 10056 goto theend; 10057 } 10058 retval = OK; 10059 theend: 10060 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10061 return retval; 10062 } 10063 10064 10065 /* 10066 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10067 */ 10068 void 10069 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10070 { 10071 typval_T *expr; 10072 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10073 list_T *l = NULL; 10074 dictitem_T *di; 10075 hashtab_T *ht; 10076 hashitem_T *hi; 10077 dict_T *d = NULL; 10078 typval_T save_val; 10079 typval_T save_key; 10080 int rem; 10081 int todo; 10082 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10083 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10084 : N_("filter() argument")); 10085 int save_did_emsg; 10086 int idx = 0; 10087 10088 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10089 { 10090 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10091 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10092 return; 10093 } 10094 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10095 { 10096 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10097 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10098 return; 10099 } 10100 else 10101 { 10102 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10103 return; 10104 } 10105 10106 expr = &argvars[1]; 10107 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10108 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10109 * was not passed as argument. */ 10110 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10111 { 10112 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10113 10114 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10115 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10116 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10117 did_emsg = FALSE; 10118 10119 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10120 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10121 { 10122 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10123 10124 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10125 hash_lock(ht); 10126 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10127 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10128 { 10129 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10130 { 10131 int r; 10132 10133 --todo; 10134 di = HI2DI(hi); 10135 if (map && 10136 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10137 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10138 break; 10139 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10140 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10141 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10142 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10143 break; 10144 if (!map && rem) 10145 { 10146 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10147 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10148 break; 10149 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10150 } 10151 } 10152 } 10153 hash_unlock(ht); 10154 } 10155 else 10156 { 10157 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10158 10159 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10160 { 10161 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10162 break; 10163 nli = li->li_next; 10164 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10165 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10166 || did_emsg) 10167 break; 10168 if (!map && rem) 10169 listitem_remove(l, li); 10170 ++idx; 10171 } 10172 } 10173 10174 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10175 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10176 10177 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10178 } 10179 10180 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10181 } 10182 10183 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10184